WO2007086580A1 - Automatic feeding device for lithographic printing plates - Google Patents

Automatic feeding device for lithographic printing plates Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007086580A1
WO2007086580A1 PCT/JP2007/051499 JP2007051499W WO2007086580A1 WO 2007086580 A1 WO2007086580 A1 WO 2007086580A1 JP 2007051499 W JP2007051499 W JP 2007051499W WO 2007086580 A1 WO2007086580 A1 WO 2007086580A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
lithographic printing
printing plate
uppermost
roller
plate
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2007/051499
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Kazuoki Komiyama
Yoshinori Kawamura
Kikuo Matsuba
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2006021406A external-priority patent/JP2007204162A/en
Priority claimed from JP2006021408A external-priority patent/JP2007204164A/en
Priority claimed from JP2006070332A external-priority patent/JP2007246205A/en
Application filed by Fujifilm Corporation filed Critical Fujifilm Corporation
Publication of WO2007086580A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007086580A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65HHANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H3/00Separating articles from piles
    • B65H3/02Separating articles from piles using friction forces between articles and separator
    • B65H3/06Rollers or like rotary separators
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65HHANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H3/00Separating articles from piles
    • B65H3/08Separating articles from piles using pneumatic force
    • B65H3/0808Suction grippers
    • B65H3/0816Suction grippers separating from the top of pile
    • B65H3/0833Suction grippers separating from the top of pile and acting on the front part of the articles relatively to the final separating direction
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65HHANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H3/00Separating articles from piles
    • B65H3/46Supplementary devices or measures to assist separation or prevent double feed
    • B65H3/48Air blast acting on edges of, or under, articles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65HHANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H3/00Separating articles from piles
    • B65H3/46Supplementary devices or measures to assist separation or prevent double feed
    • B65H3/50Elements, e.g. fingers, plates, rollers, inserted or traversed between articles to be separated and remainder of the pile

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an automatic supply device for a lithographic printing plate provided with a sheet feeding device for loading a bundle of only a plurality of lithographic printing plates, and separating and transporting each lithographic printing plate one by one.
  • the present invention only a plurality of lithographic printing plates are loaded in a stacked state in a horizontal direction, and each lithographic printing plate is separated and carried out by lifting each lithographic printing plate one by one using a suction cup.
  • the present invention relates to an automatic feeder for lithographic printing plates.
  • a lithographic printing plate (so-called PS plate) is used for offset printing.
  • PS plate lithographic printing plate
  • an unexposed lithographic printing plate is supplied, the lithographic printing plate is subjected to laser exposure processing based on digital data from a computer, and the lithographic printing is performed by an automatic processor.
  • a CTP (Computer to Plate) system that directly develops a printing plate by developing the latent image formed on the plate into a visible image has been put into practical use. Some of these CTP systems are equipped with an automatic feeder for lithographic printing plates.
  • a conventional lithographic printing plate automatic supply device of an automatic plate making machine a plurality of lithographic printing plates and interleaf sheets are alternately stacked and stored in a printing plate packaging box, and an open / close lid With the closed and light-shielded, it is loaded into the printing plate supply cassette in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device, the door of the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device is closed, and the interior of the device is shielded from light.
  • the opening / closing lid of the packaging box is opened and the plate making operation is started, the lithographic printing plate is fed from the bundle of lithographic printing plates stored in the printing plate packaging box by the sheet feeding device of the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device.
  • those carried out to the exposure unit side and separated one by one planographic printing plate removed flux or we interleaf has been proposed (e.g., JP-11 314 771 JP reference.) 0
  • the CTP system does not require protection of the interleaf, and the surface-enhanced photopolymer has a surface that has been strengthened to the extent that scratches do not pose a problem even when handled in a stacked and bundled state.
  • the development of the one using the PS version (so-called interleaf-less lithographic printing plate) is progressing.
  • a lithographic printing plate 10 constituted as this interleaf-free lithographic printing plate is coated with a photosensitive agent on the surface of a thin aluminum-umum substrate 12 to form a photosensitive layer. Furthermore, an overcoat layer (so-called OC layer called PVA: Polyvinyl alcohol) is used on the outermost surface of the photosensitive layer 14 of the lithographic printing plate (PS plate) to prevent desensitization of the photosensitive layer 14 by oxygen. ) 16 is applied to make it strong against external force (for example, strength characteristics more than 20 times that of a normal PS plate).
  • OC layer lithographic printing plate
  • the lithographic printing plates 10 that overlap each other when the lithographic printing plate 10 is transported to the back surface (the surface on which the photosensitive layer 14 is not provided) of the aluminum-umum substrate 12 are provided. Some of them have a water-glass knock coat layer 18 so that they do not adhere to each other.
  • the backcoat layer of the other lithographic printing plate 10 on the overcoat layer 16 on the surface of one lithographic printing plate 10 A stack of a predetermined number of sheets stacked in direct contact with 18 is loaded into the housing of a lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device (not shown), and the lithographic plate is fed by the sheet feeding device of the automatic feeding device as the plate making operation starts. Separate the lithographic printing plates 10 one by one, and carry them to the exposure processing section.
  • a pickup is picked up on the surface of the uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 in a stack of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked.
  • a roller pick method is used, in which the lithographic printing plate 10 is separated and carried out by rolling the rubber unloading roller (Kegger roller), which is a roller, with the required pressure contact force (eping force). Can be considered.
  • the unloading roller rolls and contacts the surface of the top lithographic printing plate 10 in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10
  • the uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 is carried out while sliding on the second lithographic printing plate 10 in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10.
  • the transport force Nipuka X friction coefficient between the transport roller and the surface of the lithographic printing plate 10
  • You need to win! /, RU conveyance resistance ⁇ conveyance force formula holds).
  • the conveyance resistance for pulling out the uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 by a roller pick method from a stack of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 without interleaving may vary depending on environmental conditions.
  • the transport resistance when the transport resistance is set in a high humidity environment when a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 with no interleaving paper is placed in a high humidity environment, the overcoat layer 16 of the lithographic printing plate 10 contains moisture and is placed thereon.
  • the adhesion force with a certain lithographic printing plate 10 increases and the conveyance resistance increases.
  • the conveyance resistance when the conveyance resistance is placed in a low humidity environment, the lithographic printing plate 10 is charged and the conveyance resistance is increased by an electrostatic adsorption force.
  • the conveyance resistance is increased by the vacuum contact between the lithographic printing plates 10 in which a plurality of lithographic plates 10 are bundled without a slip sheet.
  • the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus configured in the roller pick method requires a higher conveying force in response to an increase in the conveying resistance, so that the carry-out roller is a lithographic printing plate. It is necessary to increase the driving force of the carry-out roller by increasing the pucker.
  • the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus configured in such a roller pick system
  • La performs the operation of rolling and unloading the surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 on the surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 in the bundle
  • the uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 is loaded.
  • the back surface of the unloading roller that receives the paper is rubbed against the surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 located below.
  • the lithographic printing plate 10 that unloads the unloading roller of the lithographic printing plate 10 immediately below the lithographic printing plate 10 that is unloaded.
  • the portion of the area received via the plate is strongly rubbed in the carrying direction by the back surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 to be carried out.
  • interleaf-less lithographic printing plate such as a B1 size
  • interleaf-less PS plate only a plurality of lithographic printing plates are substantially horizontal.
  • the notch coat layer of the other lithographic printing plate is directly brought into contact with the overcoat layer on the surface of one lithographic printing plate, and a predetermined number of stacked bundles are stacked in the automatic feeding device of the lithographic printing plate.
  • the paper is loaded into the hood, and when the plate making operation is started, the lithographic printing plates are separated one by one from the lithographic printing plate bundle by the sheet feeding device of the automatic feeding device, and are transported to the exposure processing unit side.
  • the automatic lithographic printing plate supply device using this interleaf-free lithographic printing plate is a pickup roller on the surface of the uppermost lithographic printing plate in a stack of lithographic printing plates stacked in plural. Roll out the rubber unloading roller (Kegger roller) under the required load (pressure contact force) and pile it on the conveyance resistance of the lithographic printing plate to separate the lithographic printing plates one by one. It is conceivable to use a V-type transport roller system.
  • the automatic feeding device of the transport roller type lithographic printing plate in the CTP system using such a slip-less lithographic printing plate only a plurality of lithographic printing plates are housed in the housing of the automatic feeding device. Are loaded in bundles in a horizontal direction that is substantially horizontal, so that the inside of the automatic supply device's housing is hot and humid (for example, temperature 30 ° C, humidity 50 %), The OC layer absorbs moisture from the air and dissolves to increase adhesion.
  • this transport roller type lithographic printing plate automatic supply device when the OC layer absorbs water and melts and the adhesion is increased, the adhesive force at the tl portion increases. This may cause the photosensitive printing plate to be carried out, or the conveyance load to increase and the conveyance to become impossible.
  • the unloading roller of the lithographic printing plate directly under the lithographic printing plate to be unloaded is received via the lithographic printing plate to be unloaded.
  • the area of the range is strongly rubbed in the transport direction by the back side of the lithographic printing plate to be transported.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11 314771
  • the present invention reduces the transport resistance when separating and transporting lithographic printing plates one by one from a bundle of interleaf-free lithographic printing plates by a roller pick method, with low output.
  • the purpose is to provide a new lithographic printing plate automatic supply device that can be configured simply and inexpensively using a small drive motor.
  • the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device is transported in a state where the back surface of the other lithographic printing plate is directly contacted and laminated on the photosensitive surface of one lithographic printing plate surface.
  • the top lithographic printing plate in the lithographic printing plate bundle is loaded from the lithographic printing plate below it, with a predetermined number of lithographic printing plates having storable characteristics loaded in a bundle.
  • the transport resistance reducing member made of a material with a low coefficient of friction, which is mounted so as to be movable between the standby position where it has left
  • the conveyance resistance reducing member is inserted between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below it to make it ready for use.
  • the transport resistance of the top lithographic printing plate is low in the operating state where the transport resistance reducing member is inserted between the unloading section, the top lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below it. And an unloading roller that rolls over the range corresponding to the reducing member and unloads the uppermost lithographic printing plate while sliding on the conveying resistance reducing member.
  • a bundle of a plurality of predetermined planographic printing plates stacked and stacked without intervening interleaf is loaded into the automatic feeding device, and the bundle of the planographic printing plates is loaded.
  • the transport resistance is reduced by sliding the back of the uppermost planographic printing plate on the transport resistance reducing member formed of a low friction coefficient material.
  • Rotation driving force to rotate the carry-out roller by setting the low pressure at the time of press contact low Reduced and reduced the drive source of the unloading roller with a low output and simplified the mechanism to add a pucker to press the unloading roller against the lithographic printing plate so that it has rigidity corresponding to the low nip force. And can be manufactured at low cost.
  • the invention described in claim 2 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 1, in which the conveyance resistance reducing member is electrically connected via a ground wire in order to release static electricity of the lithographic printing plate. It is characterized by being configured to be grounded.
  • the static electricity stored in the lithographic printing plate is released, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate due to static electricity and its Adsorption with the lower lithographic printing plate can be suppressed, and an increase in transport resistance due to static electricity can be prevented.
  • the rolling operation unit pulls up the uppermost lithographic printing plate, Create a space with a predetermined space between the lithographic printing plates and introduce air, and after removing the vacuum contact between them, place the uppermost lithographic printing plate on the conveyance resistance reducing member.
  • a space is created around the conveyance resistance reducing member sandwiched between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below it, reducing the effects of static electricity, preventing vacuum adhesion, and reducing conveyance resistance. It is configured to be configured as described above.
  • the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus of the present invention it is possible to reduce the conveyance resistance when separating and carrying out the lithographic printing plates one by one using a roller pick method, such as a bundle-less lithographic printing plate bundle.
  • a roller pick method such as a bundle-less lithographic printing plate bundle.
  • the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus is transported in a state where the back surface of the other lithographic printing plate is directly contacted and laminated on the photosensitive surface of one lithographic printing plate surface.
  • the uppermost lithographic printing plate in the bundle of lithographic printing plates can be pulled up to the lithographic printing plate cover below it, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate can be
  • the control member is inserted between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lower lithographic printing plate by controlling the rotation of the operating shaft member with the thin plate-shaped protective member attached when the plate is pulled up to the insertion position.
  • the protective member moves onto the lithographic printing plate under the top lithographic printing plate when the rolling operation is performed to drop the top lithographic printing plate in the rolling operation unit, and the top lithographic printing plate is removed. Insertion in which a protective member is inserted between the adjustment operation device that rotates the operating shaft member so that the protective member returns to the standby position after unloading, and the uppermost planographic printing plate and the lower planographic printing plate In the state, it is rolled to the range corresponding to the protective member in the uppermost lithographic printing plate. Te, and having a carry-out and low La for unloading while sliding on the protective member planographic printing plate of the top-level.
  • the invention according to claim 5 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 4, wherein the insertion adjusting operation device has a small sliding frictional resistance!
  • the material is made into a thin plate having a required rigidity.
  • the formed protection member, the operation shaft member with the protection member attached to the tip, the housing on which the operation shaft member is slidable in the axial direction, and the restraining member provided at a predetermined position in the housing of the operation shaft member A spring that is spanned between the restraining member and the wall of the housing and urges the operation shaft member to extend to a position that is restrained by the restraining member, and an end portion of the operation shaft member that is provided with a protective member;
  • An interlocking member connected so as to be relatively unrotatable and relatively movable in the direction of the rotation axis with respect to the opposite end, and a drive operation motor that rotationally drives the interlocking member. It is characterized by doing.
  • the invention described in claims 6 and 7 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the protective member is pressed against the lithographic printing plate having the uppermost discharge roller. It is characterized in that it is formed in a size that is larger than the working range of the pressure contact force.
  • the uppermost lithographic printing plate in the bundle of lithographic printing plates is rolled up and pulled up to the firing position by the operation unit, and the operation shaft member is rotated to control the protective member to the uppermost plate.
  • the protective member is placed under the top planographic printing plate in accordance with the rolling release operation that causes the top level planographic printing plate to drop in the rolling operation section. Move to the planographic printing plate and set it in the inserted state.
  • the unloading The uppermost lithographic printing plate is moved to the range corresponding to the protective member of the uppermost lithographic printing plate, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate is carried out while sliding on the protective member.
  • the portion of the back surface of the printing plate where the loading force of the unloading roller is applied slides on the protective member, and directly rubs the recording layer side of the lithographic printing plate directly below the uppermost lithographic printing plate.
  • the recording layer side can be prevented from being damaged.
  • the pick-up roller is used. There is an effect that the portion on the recording layer side corresponding to the range where the force acts can be protected with a protective member to prevent scratches.
  • the lithographic printing plate can be obtained by laminating the back surface of the other lithographic printing plate on the surface of one lithographic printing plate in direct contact.
  • a storage device in which a predetermined number of sheets are stacked and set in a state of being held substantially horizontally, and a lithographic printing plate positioned at the top of a bundle of lithographic printing plates set substantially horizontally Of the lithographic printing plate set up almost horizontally so that the lithographic printing plate directly below the uppermost lithographic printing plate does not adhere by adsorbing at the adsorbing surface formed by undulating bending.
  • the unloading roller mounted so as to be capable of rolling contact with the uppermost lithographic printing plate in the bundle, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by the sucker are lifted to a predetermined height position to be discharged downstream in the force conveying direction.
  • the paper is conveyed horizontally on the roller and the top lithographic printing plate is placed on the unloading roller.
  • a moving operation unit that is operated so as to be able to be carried out by being lowered and nipped between the carry-out roller and nipping between the carry-out roller and the carry-out roller and rolling.
  • a predetermined plurality of planographic printing plates stacked and stacked without intervening interleaving paper are set in a state of being held substantially horizontally and placed at the uppermost position.
  • the lithographic printing plate to be transported is sucked with soccer, the lithographic printing plate is lifted in a deformed state along the suction surface formed by curving the soccer undulation, so that the lithographic printing plate is curved to wave.
  • the lower part of the lithographic printing plate in the transport direction of the lithographic printing plate to be transported is lifted by lifting the lithographic printing plate while allowing air to flow in through the gap created by the elastic deformation along the shape of the suction surface formed in this way.
  • Printing force It is possible to perform a good rolling operation to peel off.
  • the top lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer using the moving operation unit Good when the lithographic printing plate is lifted to the specified height position and transported horizontally onto the unloading roller on the downstream side in the conveyance direction. A whispering operation can be performed.
  • the lithographic printing plates separated into one sheet are unloaded by the unloading roller and the unloading roller and rolled out, the situation where the lithographic printing plates slidably contact each other to cause scratches can be eliminated. .
  • the invention according to claim 9 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 8, wherein when the uppermost lithographic printing plate is lifted by adsorbing the unloading roller with soccer, It is characterized in that it is mounted so that the lithographic printing plate immediately below the uppermost lithographic printing plate does not adhere by making a height difference between the two.
  • the portion near the downstream end in the transport direction of the lithographic printing plate is, for example, a portion of the soccer plate. And is pushed down by the unloading roller at the other part, it becomes sufficiently elastically deformed and curved so as to draw a large wave, and the conveyance direction downstream with the lithographic printing plate under it The entire contact in the width direction of the lithographic printing plate is completely released, air is sufficiently allowed to flow in through the gap created by the elastic deformation of the lithographic printing plate, and the intermediate portion in the conveyance direction of the lithographic printing plate to be unloaded is The lithographic printing plate force below can be peeled off.
  • the invention described in claims 10 and 11 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer is placed at a predetermined height position.
  • Lifting and force A feature is provided to prevent the lithographic printing plate adjacent to the uppermost lithographic printing plate from being unloaded together when transported horizontally onto the unloading roller on the downstream side in the conveying direction.
  • the invention described in claims 12 to 15 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer is predetermined. When lifted to a height position and transported sideways onto the unloading roller on the downstream side in the transport direction, It is characterized in that an air blower nozzle is arranged between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below the uppermost lithographic printing plate so as to be separated by peeling force S.
  • the lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer is adjacent to the lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer when the lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer moves substantially horizontally toward the downstream side in the transport direction.
  • the lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer can be more reliably carried out.
  • lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus of the present invention only a plurality of lithographic printing plates are loaded in a stacked state in a horizontal direction, and each lithographic printing plate is packed one by one using a suction cup. By lifting, each lithographic printing plate can be separated and transported reliably.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing an entire CTP (Computer to Plate) system provided with an automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • CTP Computer to Plate
  • FIG. 2 is a configuration diagram showing an overall schematic configuration inside a CTP system provided with an automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view of a main part taken out of a part of a sheet feeding device for carrying out each lithographic printing plate from a bundle of lithographic printing plates loaded in a lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • ⁇ 4 Schematic showing the main part of the sheet feeding device for carrying out each lithographic printing plate from the bundle power of the lithographic printing plate loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to the embodiment of the present invention. It is a composition diagram.
  • FIG. 5 The main part relating to the sheet feeding apparatus having another configuration for carrying out each lithographic printing plate from the bundle of lithographic printing plates loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic configuration diagram of a main part extracted and shown.
  • FIG. 6 Operation for unloading each lithographic printing plate from a bundle of lithographic printing plates loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to the embodiment of the present invention, and carrying it out with a sheet feeding device of another configuration It is a principal part schematic block diagram which takes out and shows the principal part.
  • FIG. 7 A portion of a storage shelf in a sheet feeding device for taking out each lithographic printing plate from a bundle of lithographic printing plates loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to the embodiment of the present invention is taken out. It is a principal part schematic front view shown.
  • FIG. 9 A schematic cross-sectional view illustrating the structure of a lithographic printing plate used in a sheet feeding device of a lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Bundle power of lithographic printing plates loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device The main part in a state where the sheet feeding device for unloading each lithographic printing plate is in the rolling position It is a principal part schematic block diagram taken out and shown.
  • Bundle power of lithographic printing plates loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device Outline of taking out and showing the part of the sheet feeding device in a state where each lithographic printing plate is unloaded It is a block diagram.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic front view showing a state in which the insertion adjusting operation device in the sheet feeding device in the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to the embodiment of the present invention sets the protective member at the standby position.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic front view showing an intermediate state in which the protective member is rotated by the insertion adjustment operation device in the sheet feeding device in the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Bundle power of lithographic printing plate loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device Outline of taking out and showing the part of the sheet feeding device in the state where each lithographic printing plate is unloaded It is a front view.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing the entire CTP system provided with the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is an overall schematic configuration diagram of the inside of a CTP system provided with an automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a part of an automatic supply device for a lithographic printing plate according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic explanatory diagram of a main part showing a state where one lithographic printing plate is lifted by a unit.
  • FIG. 19 is a main part schematic explanatory diagram showing an operation when the lithographic printing plate is moved up and down by a pickup unit in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a main part schematic explanatory diagram showing an operation when the lithographic printing plate is moved substantially horizontally by the pickup unit in the automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a main part schematic perspective view showing a part of the automatic lithographic plate supplying apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a perspective view showing the bottom side of the soccer used for the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a perspective view showing a soccer used for the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing a state in which the lithographic printing plate is adsorbed by soccer used in the automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 is a main part schematic explanatory view showing a state where one lithographic printing plate is lifted by a pickup unit in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing a procedure for separating and carrying out one sheet at a time by the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus is a photosensitive plate formed by applying a photosensitizer to the surface of a lithographic printing plate, compared to a general lithographic printing plate (PS plate) currently available on the market.
  • PSD general lithographic printing plate
  • Photopolymer PS plate that is strong against external force (more than 20 times) and does not require protection of interleaving paper, V, a planographic printing plate with no interleaving paper (PS plate without interleaving paper) in a predetermined bundle of multiple sheets It is configured to enable feeding work by loading the product into the machine and separating each lithographic printing plate one sheet at a time with a sheet feeder.
  • the interleaf-free lithographic printing plate used in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus is a predetermined size.
  • a recording layer photosensitive surface that is an image recording layer formed by applying a photosensitive agent containing a photosensitive material is provided on a thin aluminum plate support formed in the shape of a rectangular plate. To do.
  • the lithographic printing plate 10 shown in FIG. 9 described above can be used as the lithographic printing plate configured as an interleaf-free lithographic printing plate used in the automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus.
  • the lithographic printing plate 10 comprises a photosensitive layer 14 formed by coating a photosensitive agent on the surface of a thin aluminum-umum substrate 12 as a support to form a photosensitive layer 14, and the lithographic printing plate 10 (PS plate).
  • the surface of the photosensitive layer 14 is coated with an overcoat layer 16 to prevent desensitization development of the photosensitive layer 14 due to oxygen, so that the characteristics are strong against external forces (for example, 20 times the strength characteristics of ordinary PS plates).
  • a back glass layer 18 made of water glass is used so that the lithographic printing plates 10 that are overlapped when the lithographic printing plate 10 is transported do not adhere to the back surface (the surface on which the photosensitive layer 14 is not provided). Is provided.
  • the lithographic printing plate 10 that is bundled without interleaving paper used in this lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device is manufactured, and a predetermined number of lithographic printing plates are produced and the interleaving paper is abolished.
  • the photosensitive plate (Em surface, which is the photosensitive agent surface) that contacts the surface of the printing plate, and the back surface of the planographic printing plate (Back surface, which is the PS plate aluminum surface) are in direct contact with each other to form a bundle of rectangular solids.
  • the lithographic printing plate is automatically supplied to the inside of the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device in a light-shielded state.
  • This lithographic printing plate automatic supply device uses the aluminum surface that is the base material of the lithographic printing plate as the photosensitive surface. Scraping the lithographic printing plate one sheet at a time while rubbing it, it has the property of not causing scratches or pressure capri
  • this lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus performs laser exposure processing based on digital data of a computer or the like and puts it on the lithographic printing plate 10 by an automatic processor. It is used by being mounted on a CTP (Computer to Plate) system that directly develops a printing plate by converting the formed latent image into a visible image.
  • CTP Computer to Plate
  • the CTP system includes an automatic supply device 110 to which a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked without a slip sheet is supplied, and the automatic supply device 110
  • a sheet feeding device 112 an inner drum exposure device (monogon scanner) 114, and a noffer, which are configured to be integrated and supplied separately from a bundle of the lithographic printing plates 10 to separate the lithographic printing plates 10 (PS plates).
  • An apparatus 116 and a development processing apparatus 118 are provided.
  • the automatic supply device 110 in this CTP system is configured integrally by disposing a mechanism of a main part of the single-sheet supply device 112 therein.
  • a storage shelf 144 is installed inside the automatic supply device 110.
  • the storage shelf 144 is mounted on a support stand 160 disposed obliquely from the floor surface of the automatic supply device 110 to the upper part on the inner drum exposure device 114 side.
  • the shelf member 162 is mounted so that the height position can be adjusted.
  • a guide member 161 that can be moved and adjusted to guide the left and right sides of the bundle of planographic printing plates 10 is mounted on the support base 160.
  • the size of the automatic supply device 110 in the horizontal direction can be reduced and the size of the device can be reduced as compared with the case where the storage shelf 144 is arranged horizontally.
  • the single-wafer supply device 112 is moved to a position above the storage shelf 144 between a pickup position and a retracted position by an operating device (not shown).
  • the carry-out roller 146 is formed to have a predetermined short dimension in the rotation axis direction so as to make rolling contact over a predetermined length range at the center portion in the width direction of the planographic printing plate 10.
  • the unloading roller 146 may be configured to have a full width in the width direction of the planographic printing plate 10 or a length longer than that, or may be divided into a plurality of parts.
  • the carry-out roller 146 is fixedly disposed on the rotation drive shaft 147, and is rotated by rotating the rotation drive shaft 147 with a drive motor mechanism as a drive source (not shown).
  • this sheet feeding device 112 a rolling operation for spreading the lithographic printing plate 10 to be carried out located on the most surface side in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 144 is carried out. Wear the part.
  • this squeezing operation section is a portion near the upper end of the uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 placed on the storage shelf 144 by the suction cup device 164 (the downstream end in the transport direction). Close The first lithographic printing plate 10 that is separated from the second lithographic printing plate 10 in a bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 and moved out. And a second lithographic printing plate 10 to create a space of a predetermined distance, thereby introducing air to eliminate the vacuum contact state between them, and further carrying out the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 first. It is configured so as to perform a rolling operation of moving to a separating position where it can be inserted into the space between the second lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10.
  • the squeezing operation unit releases the suction of the suction cup device 164 to the first lithographic printing plate 10 at the squeezing position.
  • the first lithographic printing plate 10 is configured so as to perform a squeeze release operation by dropping the first lithographic printing plate 10 onto the second lithographic printing plate 10 by its own weight.
  • the rolling operation unit moves the unloading roller 146 to the retracted position illustrated in FIG. 5 in conjunction with the rolling operation of pulling up the first lithographic printing plate 10, and the first lithographic plate. It is configured to return to the transfer operation state (returned to the pickup position) in which the carry-out roller 146 is pressed against the upper surface of the first planographic printing plate 10 in conjunction with the rolling release operation that drops the plate 10 .
  • This conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is made of a material (Teflon (registered trademark), nylon, PC, PET, etc.) having a small sliding friction resistance with respect to the back surface of the planographic printing plate 10 in a sheet shape having a predetermined thickness. Or, use it in the form of a thin plate.
  • this conveyance resistance reducing member 166 has a pressure contact force on the surface of the second planographic printing plate 10 when the carry-out roller 146 is pressed on the first planographic printing plate 10 on the top surface. It is formed in a size larger than the range (covering range) including the portion that increases the sliding friction resistance until it becomes a problem.
  • the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is formed to have a size over the entire width of the lithographic printing plate 10 or divided into a plurality of pieces so as to extend over the entire width of the lithographic printing plate 10 with a predetermined interval. It may be configured so that it can be placed.
  • the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is a vacuum between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 which are covered on the conveyance resistance reducing member 166. Form a space large enough to prevent adhesion, or the first planographic printing plate 10 and the second planographic printing plate 10
  • the thickness may be set so that a space having a size capable of preventing adsorption due to static electricity can be formed therebetween.
  • the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is inserted between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 by a loading / unloading operation unit (not shown) or between them. To be pulled out to the standby position.
  • the transfer resistance reducing member 166 when the transfer resistance reducing member 166 is linearly moved as shown in FIG. 4, the first lithographic printing plate 10 is moved as shown in FIG. With the pulling up and moving operation to the rolling position, the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is linearly moved and inserted into the usage state indicated by the imaginary line in FIG.
  • this loading / unloading operation section is the first lithographic printing plate that has been unloaded after the operation of unloading the unloading roller 146 to the planographic printing plate 10 and unloading it to the transport belt winding mechanism is completed.
  • the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is moved to a standby position separated from the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below it, as indicated by a solid line in FIG.
  • this entry / exit operation unit may be configured to move and operate the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 by a rotation operation, as shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, for example.
  • a rotation operation as shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, for example.
  • the use state shown in FIG. It can be moved to the standby position indicated by the solid line in Fig. 5.
  • the rotary shaft member 168 is rotated by a predetermined angle while the first lithographic printing plate 10 is pulled up and moved to the scooping position as shown in FIG.
  • the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is rotated and inserted into the use state shown by the imaginary line in FIG. 5 (shown by the solid line in FIG. 6).
  • the loading / unloading operation section is configured such that the unloading roller 146 is brought into rolling contact with the planographic printing plate 10, and the operation of unloading the unrolled roller 146 to the transport belt winding mechanism is completed, and the first planographic printing plate is unloaded
  • the rotary shaft member 168 is rotated by a predetermined angle to move the transport resistance reducing member 166 to a standby position indicated by a solid line in FIG.
  • a material that conducts static electricity through the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 (for example, V, a material of antistatic grade, or carbon is charged with static electricity).
  • the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 144 can be electrostatically grounded by being electrically grounded via the ground wire 170. This prevents the first lithographic printing plate 10 from adsorbing to the second lithographic printing plate 10 due to static electricity and increasing the transport resistance.
  • the sheet feeding device 112 configured as described above, only the first lithographic printing plate 10 on the top of the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 144 is separated.
  • first, only the lithographic printing plate 10 at the top of the bundle is moved to the rolling position by the rolling operation unit, and the conveyance resistance is reduced by the loading / unloading operation unit.
  • the first lithographic printing plate 10 is moved through the transport resistance reducing member 166 by causing the squeezing operation section to perform a squeezing release operation. It is assumed that it is on the top.
  • this sheet feeding device 112 air enters the space between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 by the series of operations described above, and then the first lithographic printing plate. As the printing plate 10 descends onto the second lithographic printing plate 10, the air in the space spreads over the entire back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the first lithographic printing plates 10 and 2 Release the vacuum contact state with the second lithographic printing plate 10 to reduce the transport resistance caused by the vacuum contact.
  • the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is sandwiched between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10, and the conveyance resistance reduction member 166 Since the air can be kept in the surrounding space, the lithographic printing plate 10 can be transferred to the unloading roller 1
  • the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 sandwiched between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 is provided via the ground wire 170. Because it is grounded, the static electricity charged in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed in a low-humidity environment can be transported by the resistance of the conveyance between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10. Eliminating through the reducing member 166 reduces the effect of electrostatic attraction and reduces the transport resistance of the lithographic printing plate 10 Can be reduced.
  • the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is sandwiched between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10, thereby reducing the conveyance resistance. It is possible to create a separated state so as to create a space around the member 166, reduce the influence of static electricity, and reduce the conveyance resistance.
  • a conveying operation for bringing the unloading roller 146 into pressure contact with the upper surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 in conjunction with the rolling release operation of the first lithographic printing plate 10.
  • the unloading roller 146 is rotated by a drive motor mechanism (not shown) so that the unloading roller 146 is placed on the top of the lithographic printing plate 10 bundle. Roll on the plate 10 to separate only one and feed it to the conveyor belt winding mechanism.
  • this sheet feeding device 112 when the lithographic printing plate 10 is carried out by the carrying-out roller 146, the sheet feeding device 112 is placed on the back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 in the range where the pressing force of the carrying-out roller 146 is applied.
  • the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 comes into sliding contact.
  • the small frictional resistance when the back surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 slides on the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 having a small friction coefficient is mainly used. Therefore, the predetermined conveying force required for the unloading roller 146 configured in the roller pick method for unloading the first lithographic printing plate 10 can be reduced.
  • the sheet feeding device 112 when the overcoat layer 16 in the bundled lithographic printing plate 10 contains moisture when used in a high humidity environment, the lithographic printing plate 1 laminated thereon is used. 0 Since the adhesive force to the back surface increases and the friction coefficient value increases, the back surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 is slid directly onto the overcoat layer 16 containing the moisture of the lithographic printing plate 10 and the friction coefficient is increased. If it tries to do, conveyance resistance will become very large.
  • the friction coefficient value between the overcoat layer 16 of the lithographic printing plate 10 and the back surface of the lithographic printing plate 10) changes from a normal humidity environment (normal humidity environment) to a high humidity environment.
  • Friction coefficient in normal humidity environment) approx. 0.45
  • friction coefficient in high humidity environment increases to approx. 1.45, greatly increasing the friction resistance in high humidity environment Increase.
  • friction coefficient Calculated by the transfer resistance and the force
  • the sliding resistance reducing member 166 with a low friction coefficient is slid on the 166 to suppress the transportation resistance to a low level and prevent an increase in the frictional resistance between the lithographic printing plates 10 in a high humidity environment.
  • the planographic printing plate 10 can be transported with a low-up force and a low driving force.
  • the unloading roller 146 configured in a roller pick system for unloading the lithographic printing plate 10 is pressed against the lithographic printing plate 10. Because the rotation driving force that rotates the unloading roller 146 can be reduced, a small drive motor can be used as the drive source for the unloading roller 146, and it is possible to reduce the size in a smaller space.
  • the design layout can be simplified, and a low-priced drive motor with a small size and low output is used, and a mechanism for providing a pusher to press the unloading roller 146 against the planographic printing plate 10 has a low nip force. Go which is suitable for By simplifying lifting Tsuyo and can provide inexpensive products.
  • the sheet feeding device 112 configured as described above separates only the lithographic printing plate 10 on the top of the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 144 by the carry-out roller 146. Conveyor belt Feeds to the winding mechanism.
  • This transport belt winding mechanism includes a main transport belt winding mechanism 150 that stretches a main transport belt 148 in order to transport each lithographic printing plate 10 from the storage shelf 144 to the inner drum exposure device 114, and A sub-conveying belt winding mechanism 154 is installed that stretches the sub-conveying belt 152.
  • This main transport belt winding mechanism 150 transports the transport belt 148 in a stretched manner between the transport position of the lithographic printing plate 10 that hits the upper part of the storage shelf 144 and the transport position to the inner drum exposure device 114. Configure the road.
  • sub-transport belt winding mechanism 154 shares a part of the transport path set on the lower side of the main transport belt 148 in the main transport belt winding mechanism 150 to share the planographic printing plate 1 being transported.
  • the sub-transport belt winding mechanism 154 has an intermediate roller 156 on the downstream side in the transport direction from the guide range of the main transport belt 148 against which the front end of each lithographic printing plate 10 transported from the storage shelf 144 is abutted. From the intermediate conveyance roller 158 near the exit of the conveyance path set on the lower side of the main conveyance belt 148, so that the main conveyance belt 148 and the IJ conveyance belt 152 and the force S are wound so as to travel. Constitute.
  • the operator opens the door 142 of the automatic feeder 110 in a dark room, places a bundle of the planographic printing plates 10 on the storage shelf 144 arranged obliquely, and closes the door 142.
  • the light is shielded, and the inside of the automatic feeder 110 is a dark room.
  • FIG. 2 and FIG. As shown in the figure, the lithographic printing plate 10 located at the uppermost position is brought into contact with the unloading roller 146 as described above to carry out the lithographic printing plate 10, and the lithographic printing plate 10 is sequentially carried out.
  • the main transport belt is fed to the winding mechanism 150.
  • the leading end of the lithographic printing plate 10 separated and transported by the unloading roller 146 is the first roller 151 and the intermediate roller at the leading end of the main transport belt 148.
  • the guide range 148A corresponding to the portion stretched between the belt and the belt 156 it is conveyed to the intermediate roller 156 side according to the traveling operation of the main conveyance belt 148.
  • the leading end of the lithographic printing plate 10 unloaded by the unloading roller 146 hits the main conveying belt 148 stretched over the guide range 148A, and the main conveying belt 148 is elastic.
  • the lithographic printing plate 10 is easily deformed so as not to give an impact to the lithographic printing plate 10, and the main conveying belt 148 of the portion of the lithographic printing plate 10 hit by the tip is deformed into a substantially letter shape, It is possible to smoothly squeeze the front end of the intermediate roller 156 between the main transport belt 148 and the sub transport belt 152. In this way, the lithographic printing plate 10 can be elastically and flexibly received when its leading edge hits the main conveyor belt 148. Thus, the photosensitive surface on which the photosensitive layer 14 is formed can be prevented from being damaged.
  • the tip of 10 must be in contact with the main conveyor belt 148 within the guide range 148A so that it can be properly transported.
  • the bundle force of the lithographic printing plate 10 can be appropriately carried out even if the drawing position changes every time the lithographic printing plate 10 is pulled out, so that the lithographic printing plate is stored in the storage shelf 144. Since it is not necessary to provide a complicated device for adjusting the ten drawer positions, the configuration can be simplified and the device can be downsized.
  • the lithographic printing plate 10 whose leading end is guided by the main transport belt 148 is sandwiched between the main transport belt 148 and the sub transport belt 152 at the position of the intermediate roller 156. It is transported on the transport path, the nipping state is released at the position of the intermediate roller 158 near the exit, and it is carried into the inner drum exposure device 114.
  • the inner drum exposure apparatus 114 in this CTP system is configured with a support body 134 having an arc inner peripheral surface shape (a shape constituting a part of the cylindrical inner peripheral surface) as a base body.
  • the planographic printing plate 10 is supported along the circumferential surface.
  • the lithographic printing plate 10 which is an unrecorded recording medium, is held in a state of being in close contact with the inner peripheral surface of the support 134 by a vacuum suction unit (not shown). Then, an exposure process is performed.
  • a spinner mirror device 136 as a light beam deflector is disposed at the center of the arc of the support 134.
  • This spinner mirror device 136 has a rotary shaft 140 having a reflector member (spinner mirror) 138 arranged on the top surface by a motor as a drive source whose rotation is controlled by a spinner driver of a control device (not shown). Configure for high-speed rotation.
  • the spinner mirror device 136 is configured such that the rotation center axis of the rotation shaft 140 coincides with the arc center axis of the support 134.
  • the spinner mirror device 136 In this spinner mirror device 136, the light beam projected from the optical system on the light source side is reflected by the reflecting mirror surface of the rotating reflecting mirror member 138 to perform main scanning with respect to the photosensitive surface of the lithographic printing plate 10. Scan exposure in the direction is performed. [0112]
  • the spinner mirror device 136 is controlled to move at a constant speed in the axial direction of the center axis of the arc of the support 134 (direction penetrating from the front surface to the back surface in Fig. 2) by a sub-scanning moving unit (not shown). Sub-scanning is performed.
  • the rotation of the motor is controlled by the spinner driver of the control device, and the movement is controlled in the sub-scanning direction by a sub-scanning moving unit (not shown).
  • the spinner mirror device 136 configured as described above reflects the light beam projected from the optical system on the light source side and modulated in accordance with the image information onto the reflecting mirror surface of the rotating reflecting mirror member 138.
  • the two-dimensional image is recorded on the entire recording surface of the planographic printing plate 10 by moving the spinner mirror device 136 in the sub-scanning direction while performing scanning exposure in the main scanning direction. .
  • the buffer device 116 provided in this CTP system is a function for carrying the lithographic printing plate 10 exposed by the inner drum exposure device 114 to the image processing device 118 at a required timing by adjusting the conveyance speed.
  • the development processing device 118 performs a development process on the exposed lithographic printing plate 10 that has been carried in, visualizes the latent image, and makes a printing plate.
  • the configuration shown in FIG. 8 is configured such that a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked without a slip sheet is supplied to the automatic supply device 110 while being stored in the light shielding power set 200.
  • the light-shielding cassette 200 is configured so that it can be sealed in a light-shielded state by covering the open upper part of the lower case 204 in a rectangular box shape with an upper case 202 formed in a shape that is slightly larger than this.
  • the upper case 202 is integrally configured with an opening / closing lid portion 202A that is attached to an end portion of the automatic supply device 110 on the mounting side so as to be opened and closed with a hinge.
  • a base member 206 formed in a tray shape is disposed inside the light shielding cassette 200, and a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked on the base member 206 without any interleaving paper is placed thereon.
  • the light-shielding cassette 200 storing the bundle of planographic printing plates 10 is a trolley for carrying 2 In a state where it is placed on 08, it is connected to the automatic feeding device 110, and the opening / closing lid 202A is opened so that the internal lithographic printing plate 10 can be carried out.
  • an operation opening 210 of the base member 206 is formed in a predetermined portion of the lower case 204 facing the inside of the light-shielded space of the automatic supply device 110 in the light-shielding cassette 200 set in this way.
  • a transport height adjusting mechanism 214 including a rod-like operation member 212 that is vertically expanded and contracted is disposed.
  • the transport height adjusting mechanism 214 extends the operation member 212 upward and pushes the back side of the pedestal member 206 through the operation opening 210 to thereby bundle the lithographic printing plate 10 placed on the pedestal member 206.
  • the top surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 is configured to be brought into contact with the carry-out roller 146 with a predetermined pressure.
  • this automatic supply device 110 has a planographic printing plate 10 below the transport path of the planographic printing plate 10 from the end of the light shielding cassette 200 to the guide range 148A of the main transport belt hanging mechanism 150.
  • a guide member 216 for preventing the printing plate 10 from falling into the automatic feeder 110 is disposed.
  • the sheet feeding device 112 shown in Fig. 8 is equipped with the suction cup device 164 that constitutes the above-described whirling operation unit, and the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 that is operated by the loading / unloading operation unit.
  • the conveyance height adjusting mechanism 214 extends the operation member 212 to lift the base member 206, and unloads the surface of the planographic printing plate 10 at the top of the bundle of the planographic printing plates 10. After being brought into pressure contact with the roller 146 with a predetermined pulling force, the carry-out roller 146 is rotationally driven to carry out the lithographic printing plate 10.
  • the leading edge force of the lithographic printing plate 10 is also applied to the guide range 148A to guide it, and at the position of the intermediate roller 156, the main conveying belt winding mechanism 150 and the auxiliary conveying belt 152 Carry it out so as to be sandwiched between.
  • the above-described automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus does not require protection of the slip sheet described above!
  • a so-called thermal PS plate is used in addition to the photopolymer PS plate that is the lithographic printing plate 10.
  • an overcoat layer (consisting of a water-soluble material that can be completely removed by a washing process before development) is formed on the outermost surface of the recording layer. Those coated with OC layer etc. can be used.
  • the automatic supply device for lithographic printing plates does not require the protection of interleaving paper, and is a surface-enhanced type that reinforces the surface on the recording layer side to the extent that scratches do not pose a problem even when handled in a stacking state.
  • Thermal PS version can be used.
  • this lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus is a lithographic printing plate generally compatible with the plate making method used in the field of lithographic printing, and records an image on a recording layer using light ( (Light mode) lithographic printing plate, recording an image on the recording layer using heat (thermal mode) lithographic printing plate, recording light by converting light into heat in the recording layer (light, thermal mode)
  • light (Light mode) lithographic printing plate
  • thermal mode thermal mode
  • it can be used to separate and supply lithographic printing plates, lithographic printing plates using chemical reactions, lithographic printing plates using physical development, etc. one by one.
  • FIGS. 1 In order to place a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked on the storage shelf 144 without interleaving paper, one end of the bundle is placed as shown in FIGS. It is placed on the shelf member 1162, and is placed so as to be held diagonally on the surface of the support base 1160 with the guide members 1161 along the left and right sides of the bundle.
  • the single-wafer feeding device 1112 is moved to the upper position of the storage shelf 144 between the pick-up position and the retracted position by a not-shown operation device. Be done Then, an unloading roller (pickup roller) 1146 configured in a roller pick system as the unloading unit is mounted.
  • an unloading roller (pickup roller) 1146 configured in a roller pick system as the unloading unit is mounted.
  • the carry-out roller 1146 is formed to have a predetermined length in the direction of the rotation axis so as to make rolling contact over a predetermined length range in the center portion in the width direction of the planographic printing plate 10.
  • the carry-out roller 1146 may be configured to have a full width in the width direction of the planographic printing plate 10 or a length longer than that, or may be divided into a plurality of parts.
  • the carry-out roller 1146 is configured to rotate integrally with the pulley 1146A.
  • the unloading roller 1146 and the pulley 1146A that are integrated together are mounted on the rotating shaft 1147 so as to be attached thereto.
  • the rotary drive shaft 1147 is disposed with its both ends fixed to the support member 1165.
  • the pulley 1146A thus mounted is configured to transmit power by winding a belt between the output shaft of a drive motor as a drive source (not shown).
  • each support member 1165 has its end opposite to the end to which the unloading roller 1146 is attached pivotally attached to the housing side so that the unloading roller 1146 has the pickup position shown in FIG. It is mounted so that it can be moved between the retracted position shown in Fig.3.
  • the drive motor is driven to rotate the output shaft, the belt winding mechanism transmits the rotational torque to the pulley 1146A, and the pulley 1146A and the unloading roller 1146 are rotated. Operation.
  • the sheet feeding device 1112 has a rolling operation for spreading the lithographic printing plate 10 to be unloaded that is positioned on the most surface side in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 1144. Wear the part.
  • this squeezing operation section is a portion near the upper end of the uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 placed on the storage shelf 1144 by the suction cup device 1164 (at the downstream end in the transport direction).
  • the first lithographic printing plate 10 that is separated from the second lithographic printing plate 10 in a bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 by moving the adsorbed lithographic printing plate 10 in a vertical standing direction. Air is introduced by creating a space of a predetermined distance between the plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 to eliminate the vacuum contact state between them, and the protective member 1166 is first removed.
  • the squeezing operation unit releases the suction of the suction cup device 1164 to the first lithographic printing plate 10 in the squeezing position following the squeezing operation for lifting the first lithographic printing plate 10.
  • the first lithographic printing plate 10 is configured so as to perform a squeeze release operation by dropping the first lithographic printing plate 10 onto the second lithographic printing plate 10 by its own weight.
  • the rolling operation unit moves the support member 1165 in conjunction with a rolling operation for pulling up the first lithographic printing plate 10 so as to swing the support member 1165, thereby removing the unloading roller 1146.
  • the support member 1165 Moving to the retracted position illustrated in FIG. 10 and dropping the first lithographic printing plate 10
  • the support member 1165 is swung in conjunction with an unillustrated interlocking mechanism for unwinding operation. Is configured to return to a transport operation state (a state in which the first lithographic printing plate 10 is pressed against the upper surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10).
  • a protective member 1166 for insertion into the space between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 to be carried out is mounted on the insertion adjusting operation device 1167 and arranged.
  • This protective member 1166 is made of a material (Teflon (registered trademark), nylon, pc, PET, etc.) having a small sliding frictional resistance against the back surface of the planographic printing plate 10 and has a thickness of, for example, about 2 mm to 1 mm. It is constructed using a thin plate (sheet) material with the required rigidity.
  • the protective member 1166 has a pressing force acting on the surface of the second lithographic printing plate 10 when the unloading roller 1146 is pressed onto the first lithographic printing plate 10 on the top surface. Then, it is formed in a required shape such as a rectangular shape with a size larger than the range (covering range) including the portion that increases the sliding friction resistance until it becomes a problem.
  • the protection member 1166 has a distal end portion of the operation shaft member 1168 of the insertion adjustment operation device 1167 fixed to the vicinity of the central portion of one end side thereof, and a plane of the protection member 1166 with respect to the rotation shaft of the operation shaft member 1168. Attach so that they are perpendicular to each other.
  • the insertion adjustment operation device 1167 is configured such that the operation shaft member 1168 can be rotated at a predetermined angle and is pulled in with a pressing force equal to or greater than a predetermined value.
  • This insertion adjustment operating device 1167 includes a first housing 1170 to which the operation shaft member 1168 is attached, a second housing 1174 to which an interlocking member 1172 for transmitting rotational driving force to the operation shaft member 1168 is attached, To rotate the interlocking member 1172, the second housing 1174 And a drive operation motor 1176 attached to the motor.
  • a sliding through hole member 1178 on the front end side provided in the center of the front end surface 1170A and a sliding end on the rear end side provided in the center of the partition wall 1186 between the second housing 1174 are inserted.
  • the operation shaft member 1168 having a round shaft shape is inserted so as to penetrate each of the hole members 1180 so that the operation shaft member 1168 can slide in the axial direction with respect to the first housing 1170 and can rotate freely. Installing.
  • This insertion adjustment operating device 1167 is configured in such a manner that the operating shaft member 1168 is inserted into the through hole 1196 drilled in the support base 1160 so as to communicate with the through hole of the sliding through hole member 1178 on the distal end side.
  • the front end surface 1170A of the first housing 1170 is fixedly installed at a predetermined position on the back surface of the support base 1160.
  • the operation shaft member 1168 has a flange for restraining the end portion, to which the protective member 1166 is attached, from extending further when a predetermined distance extends from the sliding through hole member 1178 on the distal end side.
  • a stop member 1182 formed in a shape is integrally provided.
  • the compression coil spring 1184 is inserted into the operation shaft member 1168, and is laid between the restraining member 1182 and the partition wall 1186, and the operation shaft member 1168 is attached to the protection member 1166. The end to which is attached is biased in the extending direction.
  • the protective member 1166 fixed to the tip of the operating shaft member 1168 is pressed by the rolling operation unit during the rolling release operation for dropping the first lithographic printing plate 10. Then, the operation shaft member 1168 moves so as to descend while elastically deforming the compression coil spring 1184, and is configured to perform an operation of pressing the protective member 1166 onto the second lithographic printing plate 10.
  • the maximum amount is stored in the storage shelf 1144.
  • the surface position of the bundle of the lithographic printing plates 10 placed (the maximum height position of the stacked plate, for example, when the thickness t of one lithographic printing plate 10 is 0.2 mm, the lithographic printing plate 10 When it is a bundle of 100 sheets, a position 20 mm above the surface of the support stand 1160) and the operation unit moves the first lithographic printing plate 10 to the position to be rolled.
  • the first lithographic printing plate 10 is constructed so that it is positioned below the back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10.
  • the position where the operating shaft member 1168 is most retracted while elastically deforming the compression coil spring 1184 is the position where the protective member 1166 is in contact with the surface of the support base 1160.
  • this insertion adjustment operating device 1167 the bundle force of the lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 1144 is reduced so that the lithographic printing plates 10 are sequentially carried out and the number decreases.
  • the surface of the bundle of the lithographic printing plates 10 moves to the surface side of the support 1160, so that the protective member 1166 moves following this, and is always under the lithographic printing plate 10 being carried out. It is possible to realize a state in which the lithographic printing plate 10 abuts on the surface.
  • the end of the operating shaft member 1168 extending from the partition wall 1186 into the second housing 1174 is relatively unrotatable and rotatable with respect to the interlocking member 1172. It is connected in a relatively movable state in the axial direction.
  • the interlocking member 1172 is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the end of the operating shaft member 1168 is inserted into the cylindrical hole so as to be slidable in the axial direction.
  • the interlocking member 1172 is provided with a guide hole 1188 which is a rectangular long hole along the axial direction.
  • a follower 1190 projects from the end of the operation shaft member 1168 so that the head faces the guide hole 1188.
  • the follower 1190 is slidable in the axial direction within the guide hole 1188, and movement of the guide hole 1188 in the width direction (circumferential direction of the interlocking member 1172) is restricted by the side wall of the guide hole 1188.
  • the operation shaft member 1168 and the interlocking member 1172 are connected in a relatively non-rotatable state and relatively movable in the direction of the rotation shaft.
  • a part of the interlocking member 1172 is provided with a rotational position detection plate 1190 extending in a flange shape.
  • the second housing 1174 has a position for facing the rotational position detection plate 1190, detecting the rotational position, and transmitting the detected position signal to the control device of the drive operation motor 1176 (not shown).
  • a sensor 1192 is provided so that the rotation state of the protection member 1166 that rotates integrally with the interlocking member 1172 and the operation shaft member 1168 can be detected.
  • the drive operation motor 1176 is controlled by a control device (not shown), thereby rotating the output shaft 1176A to rotate the interlocking member 1172, and via the connection mechanism of the guide hole 1188 and the follower 1190.
  • the operation shaft member 1168 and the protection member 1166 are rotated.
  • the control device (not shown) is configured such that the protective member 1166 is shown in FIGS. 3 and 5 by a position sensor 1192 that detects the rotational position of the rotational position detection plate 1194 that rotates integrally with the interlocking member 1172.
  • the drive operation motor 1176 is stopped and the protection member 1166 is set in the insertion state.
  • a control device controls the protection member 1166 to return from the insertion position to the standby position by an operation reverse to the above.
  • the protective member 1166 can be stably and reliably moved between the insertion position and the standby position each time the protective member 1166 is rotated 180 degrees.
  • the sheet feeder 1112 configured as described above, only one first lithographic printing plate 10 on the top of a bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 1144 is separated.
  • the insertion adjustment operation device 1167 is driven and controlled by the device, and the protection member 1166 is set at the insertion position.
  • the first lithographic printing plate 10 is moved to the protective member 1166 in accordance with the operation of dropping the first lithographic printing plate 10 by its own weight by performing the rolling release operation of the rolling operation unit.
  • this sheet feeding device 1112 air enters the space between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 by the series of operations described above, and then the first lithographic printing plate. As the printing plate 10 descends onto the second lithographic printing plate 10, the air in the space spreads over the entire back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the first lithographic printing plates 10 and 2 Release the vacuum contact state with the second lithographic printing plate 10 to reduce the transport resistance caused by the vacuum contact.
  • a protective member 1166 having a predetermined thickness is sandwiched between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10, and the periphery of the protective member 1166 is surrounded.
  • space Since the air can be maintained, when the lithographic printing plate 10 is carried out by the carry-out roller 1146, the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 are in close contact with each other. It is possible to prevent vacuum contact.
  • the conveying roller 1146 is brought into pressure contact with the upper surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 in conjunction with the rolling release operation of the first lithographic printing plate 10.
  • the unloading roller 1146 is rotated by a drive motor mechanism (not shown) to bring the unloading roller 1146 to the top of the bundle of planographic printing plates 10. Roll over a certain lithographic printing plate 10 to separate only one and feed it to the conveyor belt winding mechanism.
  • the first lithographic printing plate in the range where the pressing force of the unloading roller 1146 is applied during the operation of unloading the first lithographic printing plate 10 by the unloading roller 1146.
  • the protective member 1166 comes into sliding contact with the back surface of the tenth surface.
  • the back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 where the pressing force of the carry-out roller 1146 acts slides on the protective member 1166, so
  • the second lithographic printing plate 10 eliminates the fact that the back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 is directly rubbed to the photosensitive layer 114 side with the required high-pressure required for the unloading operation. It is possible to prevent the printing plate 10 from being scratched on the photosensitive layer 114 side.
  • the unloading roller 1146 can be determined only by the convenience of the unloading operation.
  • the small frictional resistance when the back surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 slides on the protective member 1166 having a small friction coefficient is mainly the conveyance resistance. Therefore, the predetermined conveying force required for the unloading roller 1146 configured in the roller pick method for unloading the first lithographic printing plate 10 is reduced, and the unloading roller 1146 is always at a predetermined low level.
  • the lithographic printing plate 10 can be conveyed with a nip force and a low driving force.
  • the effect of reducing the conveyance resistance by releasing the above-described vacuum adhesion and the effect of enabling the lithographic printing plate 10 to slide on the protective member 1166 and carrying it out with a low conveyance resistance are combined. Therefore, in the unloading roller 1146 configured in the roller pick method for unloading the lithographic printing plate 10, the pucker for pressing against the lithographic printing plate 10 is set low to prevent the lithographic printing plate 10 from being damaged. it can.
  • the unloading roller 1146 is discharged from the first lithographic printing plate 10. Dissociated.
  • the operation shaft member 1168 to which the protection member 1166 is attached becomes the restraining member 1182 by the urging force of the compression coil spring 1184. It extends to the position where it is stopped, and the surface force of the second planographic printing plate 10 is also released.
  • a control device (not shown) that controls the sheet feeding device 1112 starts driving the driving operation motor 1 176 and sets the rotational position of the rotational position detection plate 1194 that rotates integrally with the interlocking member 1172.
  • the position sensor 1192 to be detected detects that the insertion position force of the protection member 1166 has also moved to the standby position shown in FIGS. 10 and 12, the drive operation motor 1176 is stopped and protected. The member 1166 is returned to the standby position to prepare for the next operation.
  • FIG. 15 to 26 Embodiments relating to the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 to 26.
  • FIG. The lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the present embodiment applies a light-sensitive agent to the surface of a photosensitive printing plate as compared to a general photosensitive printing plate (PS plate) currently on the market.
  • PSD general photosensitive printing plate
  • the photosensitive surface formed in this way is strong against external forces (20 times or more), and it is necessary to protect the slip sheet. Necessary!
  • Photopolymer PS plate, V photo paper-less photosensitive printing plate (interleaf-free PS plate), and a predetermined number of large interleaf-free lithographic printing plates such as B1 size
  • a bundle of sheets is loaded as a bundle that is stacked in a substantially horizontal direction in the apparatus (a small lithographic printing plate may be loaded as a stack that is stacked in a substantially horizontal direction. ) Configure the sheet feeding device so that each lithographic printing plate is separated and transported one by one.
  • the interleaf-less photosensitive printing plate (interleaf-free photosensitive printing plate) as the interleaf-free lithographic printing plate used in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device is formed in a rectangular plate shape of a predetermined size.
  • a light-sensitive surface containing a light-sensitive material (photosensitive agent surface as an image recording layer, that is, Em surface) is provided on a thin, aluminum plate support.
  • the slip-less photosensitive printing plate used in this lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus is manufactured by removing a predetermined number of photosensitive printing plates, eliminating the slip sheet, It is transported and stored in a state of being stacked and bundled in a state where the photosensitive surface that hits the front side is in direct contact with the back side of the photosensitive printing plate (the back side that is the PS plate aluminum side), and is further photosensitive. Even if the photosensitive printing plate is separated and transported one by one while rubbing the photosensitive surface with the aluminum surface, which is the base material of the printing plate, it has the characteristic that it does not cause scratches or pressure capri.
  • the interleaf-free photosensitive printing plate used in this lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus is a photosensitive layer that is stacked on the back surface, which is an aluminum-umum material surface that hits the back surface of the photosensitive printing plate.
  • an overcoat layer may be applied to prevent the recording surface of the printing plate surface from being scratched.
  • this photosensitive paper-less printing plate is packed into a rectangular parallelepiped by stacking a predetermined number of sheets without interleaving paper, making it easy to handle such as transportation and storage.
  • This interleaf-free photosensitive printing plate is a light-blocking state inside a lithographic printing plate automatic feeder installed in the CTP system in the form of a bundle of a predetermined number of sheets unpacked and stacked without any interleaving paper. Supply with.
  • This CTP (Computer to Plate) system performs laser exposure processing based on digital data from a computer, etc., and converts the latent image formed on the photosensitive printing plate into a visible image using an automatic processor. The plate is made directly by developing.
  • this CTP system stacks a predetermined number of sheets without interleaving.
  • the cassette storage device 2010 to which the bundle of the lithographic printing plate 2011 fed is supplied, and the lithographic printing plate 2011 bundling force is separated from the lithographic printing plate 2011 (PS plate) one by one following this cassette storage device 2010.
  • the cassette storage device 2010 in this CTP system stores a plurality of printing plate supply cassettes 2020 that have been carried by an operator with external force in the cassette rack 2022, and the required printing plate supply cassettes 2020 are stored in a single wafer supply device. Configure to supply to 2012.
  • the cassette rack 2022 has a plurality of (here, five) stages arranged in the vertical direction with the printing plate supply force set 2020 stored horizontally with the planographic printing plate 2011 in a substantially horizontal direction. It is configured so that it can be set and stocked in each part.
  • This cassette rack 2022 is arranged in such a manner that the required printing plate supply cassettes 2020 in five vertical rows are aligned with the carry-in entrance of the sheet feeding device 2012 and the leading end of the printing plate supply cassette 2020
  • the cassette rack 2022 can be moved up and down to move to each of the five predetermined positions using a lifting mechanism (not shown) in the cassette storage device 2010. Installing.
  • the printing plate supply cassette 2020 is positioned by the cassette moving mechanism 20 23 in a state where the required printing plate supply cassette 2020 is positioned at the height position of the carry-in entrance of the sheet supply device 2012.
  • the 2020 is configured to be movable between the supply setting position where the 2020 is set in the carry-in port of the single wafer supply apparatus 2012 and the storage position where the cassette rack 2022 is stored on the shelf.
  • this sheet feeding device 2012 is located at the uppermost position in the bundle of planographic printing plates 2011 in the portion where the lid 2020A of the printing plate supply cassette 2020 set in the carry-in opening is opened.
  • a carry-out section configured in a transport roller system for sending out the lithographic printing plate 2011 that has been rolled one by one.
  • “spreading” means that the lithographic printing plate 2011 to be transported is lifted and slid at the uppermost position in a stack of a plurality of interleaf-free lithographic printing plates 2011 (stacked plate), and the lithographic plate underneath It means that the close contact with the printing plate 2011 is released.
  • a pick-up unit that is integrally configured by mounting a winding portion and a carry-roller type carry-out portion on a single operation member 2206. 200 is placed.
  • soccer (vacuum soccer, sucker) 2202 is mounted on the operation member 2206, and a rubber roller carry-out roller 2146 for forming a part of the carry-roller carry-out portion. To do.
  • the pickup unit 2200 has a plurality of required suction cups so as to be able to perform an average lifting operation over the entire length in the width direction in accordance with the size of the planographic printing plate 2011 to be conveyed (not shown).
  • the soccer 2202 made up of is arranged in a straight line in the width direction of the planographic printing plate 2011.
  • the operation member 2206 is formed in a predetermined deformed plate shape in which the central portion of the long plate is cut out in a U-shape, and a pair of operation rods 2208 are projected from both longitudinal ends thereof.
  • the operation member 2206 is connected to a moving operation mechanism 212 2 which is driven and controlled by the control unit 2120 with a pair of operation rods 2208 projecting from both ends of the operation member 2206 in a state where the longitudinal direction thereof is in a direction perpendicular to the conveyance direction. And put it on.
  • This moving operation mechanism 2122 together with the operation member 2206 equipped with the soccer 2202 and the carry-out roller 2146, lifts the uppermost planographic printing plate 2011 set substantially horizontally to a predetermined height position. Power is transported horizontally onto the unloading roller 2147 on the downstream side in the conveying direction, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate 2011 is lowered onto the unloading roller 2147 and is pushed between the unloading roller 2146 for unloading.
  • the roller 2146 and the unloading roller 2147 constitute a moving operation unit that is operated so as to be unloadable by rolling and rolling.
  • the moving operation mechanism 2122 is configured to cause the operation member 2206 to perform a predetermined control operation that combines a lifting operation in the height direction and a reciprocating operation that moves in a substantially horizontal direction.
  • the moving operation mechanism 2122 has a pair of operation rods 2208 attached to one end of the link, and the other end of the link is connected to the rotational axial force bias of the rotary drive disk. Ascending and descending as shown by arrow A in Fig. 3 by axially attaching to the centered position, inserting a follower projecting from each link slidably into the cam groove, and rotating the rotation drive disk forward or backward.
  • It is configured to perform an operation, a substantially horizontal reciprocating operation indicated by an arrow B, and an elevating operation indicated by an arrow C. It should be noted that a part for performing a controlled lifting operation and a part for performing a controlled substantially horizontal reciprocation may be provided.
  • the planographic printing plate 2 011 stored in the printing plate supply cassette 2020 is adsorbed and lifted by the soccer 2202 of the pickup unit 2200 operated by the moving operation mechanism 2122.
  • the feed roller 2147 is configured to be sent out.
  • the soccer member 2202 is attached to the operation member 2206 at both ends in the longitudinal direction via a lifting device 2210 in a so-called swingable state.
  • This lifting / lowering device 2210 is configured so that it can be lifted and lowered to a lifting position separated by a predetermined distance by using an actuator or the like driven and controlled by the control unit 2120 to attract the soccer 2202 to the surface of the planographic printing plate 2011. To do.
  • the football 2202 is configured as a suction cup device for vacuum suction, and the suction cup portion for vacuum suction runs along the upper end of the planographic printing plate 2011. Thus, it is formed in a long and thin shape (for example, an oval shape).
  • This soccer 2202 is formed by curving the suction surface portion that hits the bottom of the suction cup body 2201 so as to wave in the longitudinal direction.
  • the suction surface portion of the suction cup body 2201 is formed with a concave portion 2201A for deformation operation that is curved so as to separate the suction flat force in a portion where the suction port portion 2224 to which the vacuum hose 2226 is connected is provided.
  • the suction surface of the suction cup body 2201 A suction port 2224 for sucking air is disposed in the center.
  • a concave portion 2201A for deformation operation is formed in the suction surface portion of the suction cup body 2201 near both longitudinal ends of the suction cup body 2201.
  • a curved convex portion 2201B is formed between the adjacent concave portions 2201A for deformation operation so as to be smoothly curved and continuous, and the end portions of the concave portion 2201A for deformation operation that hit both ends of the suction cup body 2201 are convex. Formed in part 2201B.
  • the suction cup main body 2201 is configured such that the height difference between the most recessed point of the recess 2201A for deformation operation and the most protruding apex of the protruding part 2201B is from 0.6 mm to 0.9 mm.
  • the concave portion 2201A for the deformation operation is a curved shape of the concave portion 2201A for the deformation operation by the suction force when air is sucked from the suction port portion 2224 when the planographic printing plate 2011 is sucked by the suction cup body 2201.
  • the planographic printing plate 2011 is elastically deformed so that Therefore, the suction cup body 2201 is provided with at least one deformation operation recess 2201A in a portion where the suction port 2224 connected to the vacuum hose 2226 is provided.
  • the suction face portion of the suction cup body 2201 is integrally formed with a frame-shaped contact edge portion 2203 that is one step higher so as to surround the outer periphery thereof. Further, in the suction surface portion of the suction cup body 2201, the inner side of the contact edge portion 2203 is formed in a shallow groove-shaped bottom surface portion 2205 serving as an air passage. A suction port 2224 is opened at the center of the bottom surface 2205.
  • a skirt portion 2202A is integrally formed so that the outer peripheral side force of the abutting edge portion 2203 is also obliquely outward.
  • This skirt portion 2202A is configured to be relatively soft so as to be interposed between the wavy contact edge portion 2203 and the flat surface of the planographic printing plate 2011 so as to maintain airtightness, and contact.
  • the edge 2203 is configured to have a length corresponding to the height difference of the wave shape. For this reason, the skirt portion 2202A is configured to be as thin as 0.5 mm with a thickness of 0.3 mm.
  • one end of a vacuum hose 2226 is connected to the suction port 2224 of the soccer 2202, and the other end of the vacuum hose 2226 is connected to a vacuum that is an intake device whose intake operation is controlled by the control unit 2120. Connect to pump 2024.
  • the soccer 2202 is controlled by the controller 2120 to drive and control the vacuum pump 2024, and the suction port 2224 force of the soccer 2202 is sucked through the vacuum hose 2 226 to make the scar. So that the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 is adhered to the corrugated abutting edge 2203 surrounded by the ridge 2202A so that the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 adheres, and the lithographic printing plate 2011 follows the corrugated shape of the abutting edge 2203. It is possible to appropriately perform a rolling operation to release the vacuum contact by allowing air to easily flow from the gap between the adsorbed lithographic printing plate 2011 and the underlying lithographic printing plate 2011. wear.
  • the skirt portion 2202A is thin and weakly configured, the waveform formed by the concave portion 2201A and the convex portion 2201B for deformation operation on the suction surface portion of the suction cup body 2201.
  • the end of the adsorbed lithographic printing plate 2011 is pressed against the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 underneath to deform so as to prevent air from entering. This can prevent air from entering between the adsorbed lithographic printing plate 2011 and the lithographic printing plate 2011 below.
  • the skirt portion 2202A When the elasticity of the skirt portion 2202A is strong, the skirt portion 2202A protrudes obliquely outward from the end portion of the suction cup body 2201, and is adsorbed by the skirt portion 2202A. There is a risk that it will be pressed against the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 below and deformed into a suction cup shape, and the lithographic printing plate 2011 below may be adsorbed by the action of the suction cup. Therefore, in this soccer 2202, the skirt portion 2202A is made thin and weakly elastic to prevent this sucking development.
  • the football 2202 used as described above lifts the lithographic printing plate 2011 positioned in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 2011 placed in the printing plate supply cassette 2020 in the direction of arrow A. Since it is intended to perform a long-running operation, the vacuum pump needs only a short drive time, and the air suction capability may be small. Therefore, it is possible to use an inexpensive vacuum pump with a relatively small size and low output. .
  • the soccer 2202 constructed in this way is located from the leading end (upper end in the figure) of the transported lithographic printing plate 2011 at the uppermost position in a bundle of a plurality of interleaf-free lithographic printing plates 2011.
  • a fixed short distance (distance to the tip of the skirt to be sucked) is placed on the pickup unit 2200 so that it can be sucked to the position.
  • the distance from the tip of the lithographic printing plate 2011 to the tip of the skirt 2202A is set to a distance within the range of 2 mm to 10 mm.
  • the operation member 2206 is provided with a carry-out roller 2146 so as to face a U-shaped notch provided at the center in the longitudinal direction.
  • the unloading roller 2146 is mounted so that both end portions of the rotating shaft 2212 are rotatably supported by bearing members (not shown) protruding from the back surface of the operation member 2206.
  • the carry roller type carry-out section is in a state in which the lithographic printing plate 2011 is placed between the carry-out roller 2147 and the carry-out roller 2146.
  • the lithographic printing plate 2011 is carried out by rotating the carry-out roller 2147.
  • the picked-up unit 2200 having the configuration shown in FIG. 21 is used to separate the transported planographic printing plates 2011 at the uppermost position in a bundle of a plurality of interleaving paper printing planks 2011 one by one. Therefore, the sheet separation operation executed by the lithographic printing plate feeding apparatus and the unloading operation for unloading the lithographic printing plate 2011 will be described.
  • the pickup unit 2200 controls the moving operation mechanism 2122 with the control unit 2120, whereby the pick-up unit 2200 is driven by a lifting operation indicated by an arrow A in FIG. 17 and by a reciprocating operation in a substantially horizontal direction indicated by an arrow B. Perform the operation and the operation for unloading by the lifting operation indicated by arrow C.
  • This pickup unit 2200 stands by in a state where the soccer 2202 is moved to a predetermined ascending position separated by the contact level force of the carry-out roller 2146 with respect to the planographic printing plate 2011 before the operation is started.
  • control unit 2120 When the control unit 2120 receives an instruction to start separating and transporting the planographic printing plates 2011 one by one, the control unit 2120 controls the pickup unit 2200 to perform the predetermined rolling operation shown in the flowchart of FIG. I do.
  • the control unit 2120 drives and controls the moving operation mechanism 2122 to start controlling the whirling operation, and from the state where the pickup unit 2200 is waiting at the retracted position, the bundle of interleaf-free planographic printing plates 2011 is obtained. Move to the top.
  • the carry-out roller 2146 first comes into contact with the surface of the planographic printing plate 2011 positioned at the top.
  • control unit 2120 controls the elevating device 2210 to drive the soccer 2202 to the planographic printing plate 2
  • control unit 2120 starts control of the whirling operation shown in the flowchart of FIG. 26, and starts driving vacuum pump 2024 in the close-contact start process of step 30.
  • the vacuum pump 2024 is driven and sucks air from the suction port 2224 provided in the suction cup body 2201 of the soccer 2202 via the vacuum hose 2226, so that the bottom surface 2205 and the skirt 2202A are Starts the operation of adsorbing the inside of the lithographic printing plate on the surface at a predetermined distance from the end in the transport direction of the planographic printing plate 2011, and proceeds to the next step 31.
  • this step 31 as a standby process for deformation, as shown in FIG. 23, it was adsorbed to the waveform shape formed by the concave portion 2201A and the convex portion 2201B for deformation operation on the adsorption surface portion of the suction cup body 2201. Allow the shape of lithographic printing plate 2011 to conform, wait for the deformation waiting time (here, 3 seconds) and wait for that position before proceeding to the next step 32.
  • the deformation waiting time here, 3 seconds
  • step 32 as the air introduction lifting process, the control unit 2120 controls the movement operation mechanism 2122 to move the operation member 2206 to move the soccer member 2202 and the planographic printing plate adsorbed thereto. 2011 is lifted at a relatively slow speed, and air is moved between the lithographic printing plates 20 11 to perform an operation.
  • the portion adsorbed to the soccer 2202 near the end in the conveying direction is elastically deformed along the corrugated shape of the contact edge portion 2203, and below it.
  • a relatively small opening through which air can flow is opened between the surface of a certain lithographic printing plate 2011, and the contact is partially released.
  • the lithographic printing plate 2011 has a partial force over the entire width near the end in the transport direction and is pushed down by the unloading roller 2146 at the center and lifted by each soccer 2 202 at both sides. At least the front end in the transport direction between the planographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 and the planographic printing plate 2011 below it is in the state shown in Fig. 25, which is sufficiently elastically deformed and curved to draw a relatively large wave. The entire area in the width direction is completely released from the adhesion.
  • step 33 the control unit 2120 shifts to the tilting operation step in which the lifting and lowering operation is performed, and the control unit 2120 performs the tilting operation that drives and controls the moving operation mechanism 2122 to reciprocate the pickup unit 2200 up and down.
  • the control unit 2120 controls the moving operation mechanism 2122 to compare the soccer 2202 and the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed thereto. If you lift the lithographic printing plate 2011 from the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 to a height of 70 mm and then lift it up to a height of 20 mm from the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011, the series of operations will be repeated three times. It works by hitting version 2011.
  • the lithographic printing plate 2011 to be carried out has a relatively large wave shape compared to a relatively small corrugated shape.
  • a gap is opened in a state of being elastically deformed so as to form the shape at the same time, and soccer 2202 is heated by taking in a large amount of air from a gap that is separated from the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 below the entire width.
  • step 34 the lithographic printing plate 2011, in which the controller 2120 drives and controls the movement operation mechanism 2122 and adsorbs it by the football 2202, as a separation process for the entire surface as a separation operation by a substantially horizontal operation 2011 From the state of lifting to a height of 70 mm, move it approximately horizontally by a distance of about 150 mm toward the downstream side in the transport direction.
  • planographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 is directed downstream in the transport direction. By moving horizontally, the entire bottom surface side slides apart on the surface of the adjacent lithographic printing plate 2011, so that the contact state is completely released.
  • control unit 2120 proceeds to step 35 and proceeds to the unloading preparation process by the descent operation.
  • the control unit 2120 controls the movement operation mechanism 2122 to lower the pickup unit 2200, and the soccer 2202
  • the tip of the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed on the roller is placed on a rubber roller carry-out roller 2147 that is rotated by a drive motor (not shown), and the lithographic printing plate is placed between the carry-out roller 2147 and the carry-out roller 2146. Move on to version 36 and move to next step 36.
  • control unit 2120 proceeds to step 36 and proceeds to the unloading process, where the control unit 2120 stops the vacuum pump 2024 and opens an electromagnetic valve that opens to the atmosphere to increase the negative pressure in the football 2202. By returning to the atmospheric pressure, the suction state of the soccer 2202 is released to release the planographic printing plate 2011, and the elevator 2210 is driven and controlled to move the soccer 2202 to a predetermined ascending position separated from the planographic printing plate 2011. .
  • control unit 2120 controls the drive motor (not shown) of the carry-out roller 2147 to drive the planographic printing plate 2011 placed between the carry-out roller 2147 and the carry-out roller 2146 to the inner drum. Carry out toward the conveyor belt winding mechanism for transporting to the device 2014.
  • control unit 2120 drives and controls the moving operation mechanism 2122 to return the pickup unit 2200 to the standby position and perform the next conveyance. Prepare for operation.
  • the top planographic printing plate 2011 stored in the printing plate supply cassette 2020 is sucked by the vacuum suction of the soccer 2202, and the suction surface of the soccer 2202 is formed into a corrugated shape.
  • the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 is lifted to a height of 70 mm, for example, by the operation of the pickup unit 2200.
  • the pickup unit 2200 is moved substantially horizontally with the sucker 2202 positioned at a height of 70 mm from the suction surface. Then, the rear end portion of the lithographic printing plate 2011 adhered by the operation of stopping above the unloading roller 2146 is rolled.
  • the pickup unit 2200 is lowered and the lithographic printing plate 2011 is pushed up by the unloading roller 2146 and the unloading roller 2147. Rotate to carry out the planographic printing plate 2011.
  • the pick-up unit 2200 performs the operation of separating and carrying out the lithographic printing plates 2011 that are carried out at the uppermost position in a bundle of a plurality of interleaf-free lithographic printing plates 2011 one by one. A section for ensuring the execution will be described.
  • the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 moves substantially horizontally toward the downstream side in the transport direction, and the adjacent lithographic printing plate 2011 is located below. May be dragged out.
  • the stopper 2025 When the stopper 2025 is provided in this way, the lithographic printing plate 20 adsorbed by the football 2202 is used. When the lithographic printing plate 2011 adjacent to it is moved to the downstream side in the transport direction when it is moved almost horizontally, it will be stopped by hitting the stopper 2025.
  • planographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed in 2 can be transported more reliably.
  • the air blower nozzle 2027 is placed at a predetermined position near the downstream side in the transport direction of the printing plate supply cassette 2020. Arrange and configure.
  • the lithographic printing plate adsorbed by the football 2202 during the operation of moving the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 substantially horizontally toward the downstream side in the transport direction.
  • the space between them can be peeled away, allowing only the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by soccer 2202 to be transported more reliably.
  • the lithographic printing plate 2011 separated by the pickup unit 2200 as described above is fed to the conveyor belt winding mechanism.
  • This transport belt winding mechanism includes a main transport belt winding mechanism 2150 that stretches a main transport belt 2148 and a sub-transport to transport each lithographic printing plate 2011 to the inner drum exposure device 2014. Install the sub-transport belt winding mechanism 2154 with the belt 2152
  • This main transport belt winding mechanism 2150 forms a transport path by stretching the transport belt 148 between the transport position of the planographic printing plate 2011 and the transport position to the inner drum exposure apparatus 2014.
  • the sub-transport belt winding mechanism 154 shares a part of the transport path set on the lower side of the main transport belt 148 in the main transport belt winding mechanism 150 to share the planographic printing plate being transported 2 011 Is configured to prevent falling off.
  • the sub-transport belt winding mechanism 154 is provided in the middle of the main transport belt 148 on the downstream side in the transport direction from the guide range where the leading end of each lithographic printing plate 2011 transported from the transport outlet roller 2147 is abutted. Between the roller 2156 and the intermediate roller 2158 near the exit of the transport path set under the main transport belt 2148, the main transport belt 2148 and the IJ transport belt 2 Wrapped to run along with 152.
  • the front end of the lithographic printing plate 2011 unloaded onto the carry-out roller 2146 and the carry-out roller 2147 is transferred to the main conveyance belt 2148. It hits a guide range 2148A corresponding to a portion stretched between the first roller 2151 and the intermediate roller 2156 at the tip, and is conveyed toward the intermediate roller 2156 side according to the traveling operation of the main conveying belt 2148.
  • the planographic printing plate 2011 whose leading end is guided by the main transport belt 2148 is sandwiched between the main transport belt 2148 and the sub transport belt 2152 at the position of the intermediate roller 2156. Then, it is transported on the transport path, released from the nipping state at the position of the intermediate roller 2158 close to the exit, and carried into the inner drum exposure device 2014.
  • the inner drum exposure apparatus 2014 in this CTP system is configured with a support body 2134 having an arc inner peripheral surface shape (a shape constituting a part of a cylinder inner peripheral surface) as a base body. Support the planographic printing plate 2011 along the inner circumference! RU
  • the lithographic printing plate 2011, which is an unrecorded recording medium is held in a state of being in close contact with the inner peripheral surface of the support 134 by a vacuum suction unit (not shown). After that, the exposure process is performed.
  • a spinner mirror device 136 as a light beam deflector is disposed at the center of the arc of the support 134.
  • This spinner mirror device 136 rotates a rotating shaft 140 having a reflecting mirror member (spinner mirror) 138 on its top surface by a motor as a drive source whose rotation is controlled by a spinner driver of a control unit (not shown).
  • the spinner mirror device 136 is configured such that the rotation center axis of the rotation shaft 140 coincides with the arc center axis of the support 134.
  • the light beam projected from the optical system on the light source side is reflected by the reflecting mirror surface of the rotating reflecting mirror member 138 to perform main scanning with respect to the photosensitive surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011. Scan exposure in the direction is performed.
  • This spinner mirror device 136 is controlled to move at a constant speed in the axial direction of the arc central axis of the support 134 (direction penetrating from the front surface to the back surface in FIG. 16) by a sub-scanning moving unit (not shown). Thus, the sub-scan is performed. Therefore, in the spinner mirror device 2136, the rotation of the motor is controlled by the spinner driver of the control unit, and the movement is controlled in the sub scanning direction by the sub scanning moving unit (not shown).
  • the spinner mirror device 2136 configured as described above reflects a light beam, which is projected from the optical system on the light source side and modulated in accordance with image information, onto the reflecting mirror surface of the rotating reflecting mirror member 2138.
  • the two-dimensional image is recorded on the entire recording surface of the planographic printing plate 2011 by moving the spinner mirror device 2136 in the sub-scanning direction while performing scanning exposure in the main scanning direction. Do.
  • the buffer device 2016 provided in this CTP system has a function to bring the planographic printing plate 2011 exposed by the inner drum exposure device 2014 into the development processing device 2018 at the required timing by adjusting the transport speed. Have.
  • the development processing unit 2018 performs a development process on the exposed lithographic printing plate 2011 that has been carried in, visualizes the latent image, and makes a printing plate.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Sheets, Magazines, And Separation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

An automatic feeding device for lithographic printing plates capable of reducing carrying resistance when lithographic printing plates are carried one by one by being separated from a bundle of slip-sheet-less lithographic printing plates using a roller-pick method, and being constructed simply and inexpensively using a low-output, small drive motor. With a bundle of slip-sheet-less lithographic printing plates (10) kept loaded, the upper-most lithographic printing plate (10) in the bundle is pulled up from lithographic printing plates (10) below using a handling operating unit (164, 1164), a carrying resistance reducing member (166) or a protection member (1166) is inserted between them by an input/output operating unit to put it ready for use, and a carrying out roller (146, 1146) is rolled within a range corresponding to the carrying resistance reducing member (166) or the protection member (1166) in the uppermost printing plate (10) to thereby carry out the uppermost printing plate (10) with a low carrying resistance. Alternatively, the uppermost lithographic printing plate (2010) housed in a printing plate supply cassette (2020) is sucked by vacuum-suction of a sucker (2202), and is handled at the portion thereof directly below where the sucker (2202) of a lithographic printing plate (2010) is tightly attached using a waveform suction surface of the sucker (2202) to thereby prompt air to flow to between the uppermost lithographic printing plate (2010) and lithographic printing plates (2010) below it.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
平版刷版の自動供給装置  Automatic feeding device for lithographic printing plates
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] この発明は、複数の平版刷版だけを束ねたものを装填し、各平版刷版を 1枚づっ 分離して搬出する枚葉供給装置を供えた平版刷版の自動供給装置に関する。  [0001] The present invention relates to an automatic supply device for a lithographic printing plate provided with a sheet feeding device for loading a bundle of only a plurality of lithographic printing plates, and separating and transporting each lithographic printing plate one by one.
[0002] この発明は、複数の平版刷版だけを横方向にして重ねて束にした状態で装填し、 吸盤を用いて各平版刷版を 1枚づっ持ち上げることにより枚葉分離して搬出する平 版刷版の自動供給装置に関する。  [0002] In the present invention, only a plurality of lithographic printing plates are loaded in a stacked state in a horizontal direction, and each lithographic printing plate is separated and carried out by lifting each lithographic printing plate one by one using a suction cup. The present invention relates to an automatic feeder for lithographic printing plates.
背景技術  Background art
[0003] 一般に、オフセット印刷には、平版刷版 (いわゆる PS版)が利用されている。また、 この平版印刷の分野では、未露光の平版刷版の供給を受けて、この平版刷版に対し コンピュータ等のデジタルデータに基づ 、てレーザ露光処理をし、自動現像機で平 版刷版上に形成された潜像を顕像に変換する現像処理をして直接印刷版を製版す る CTP (Computer to Plate)システムが実用化されている。この CTPシステムに は、平版刷版の自動供給装置を備えたものがある。  In general, a lithographic printing plate (so-called PS plate) is used for offset printing. In the field of lithographic printing, an unexposed lithographic printing plate is supplied, the lithographic printing plate is subjected to laser exposure processing based on digital data from a computer, and the lithographic printing is performed by an automatic processor. A CTP (Computer to Plate) system that directly develops a printing plate by developing the latent image formed on the plate into a visible image has been put into practical use. Some of these CTP systems are equipped with an automatic feeder for lithographic printing plates.
[0004] 従来の自動製版機の平版刷版の自動供給装置では、複数枚の平版刷版と合紙と が交互に積層されて束にされたものを印刷版包装箱に収納し、開閉蓋を閉じて遮光 した状態で、平版刷版の自動供給装置内の印刷版供給カセットへ装填し、平版刷版 の自動供給装置の扉を閉じて装置内部を遮光してから、自動装置で印刷版包装箱 の開閉蓋を開き、製版作業が開始された際に、印刷版包装箱の内部に収納した平 版刷版の束から平版刷版の自動供給装置の枚葉供給装置によって平版刷版の束か ら合紙を取り除き平版刷版を 1枚ずつ分離して露光処理部側へ搬出するものが提案 されている(例えば、特開平 11 314771号公報参照。 )0 [0004] In a conventional lithographic printing plate automatic supply device of an automatic plate making machine, a plurality of lithographic printing plates and interleaf sheets are alternately stacked and stored in a printing plate packaging box, and an open / close lid With the closed and light-shielded, it is loaded into the printing plate supply cassette in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device, the door of the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device is closed, and the interior of the device is shielded from light. When the opening / closing lid of the packaging box is opened and the plate making operation is started, the lithographic printing plate is fed from the bundle of lithographic printing plates stored in the printing plate packaging box by the sheet feeding device of the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device. those carried out to the exposure unit side and separated one by one planographic printing plate removed flux or we interleaf has been proposed (e.g., JP-11 314 771 JP reference.) 0
[0005] このような自動製版機の平版刷版の自動供給装置では、平版刷版の自動供給装 置内で遮光状態を保ったまま包装材が取り去られた平版刷版の感光面力 合紙を 取り除いて廃棄場所にストックさせるようにするため、構造が複雑で大型の合紙取り 除き用の自動装置が別途必要となるので、これを平版刷版の自動供給装置を備えた CTPシステムに利用すると、 CTPシステムが大型化し高価になってしまう。 [0005] In such an automatic plate making plate automatic supply device, the photosensitive surface strength of the planographic printing plate from which the packaging material is removed while keeping the light-shielded state in the automatic plate printing plate supply device. In order to remove the paper and store it at the disposal site, an automatic device for removing large interleaf paper is required, which has a complicated structure, and this is equipped with an automatic feeder for lithographic printing plates. When used in a CTP system, the CTP system becomes large and expensive.
[0006] また CTPシステムでは、合紙の保護を必要とせず、じかに重ねて束ねた状態で取り 扱っても傷が問題とならない程度に記録層側の表面を強化した、表面強化型のフォ トポリマ PS版 ( 、わゆる合紙レス平版刷版)を利用するものの開発が進んで 、る。 [0006] In addition, the CTP system does not require protection of the interleaf, and the surface-enhanced photopolymer has a surface that has been strengthened to the extent that scratches do not pose a problem even when handled in a stacked and bundled state. The development of the one using the PS version (so-called interleaf-less lithographic printing plate) is progressing.
[0007] 図 9に例示するように、この合紙レス平版刷版として構成される平版刷版 10には、 薄 ヽアルミ-ユウム基板 12の表面上へ感光剤を層状に塗布して感光層 14を構成し 、さらに平版刷版 (PS版)の感光層 14の最外表面上に、酸素による感光層 14の減 感現像防止のためオーバーコート層(いわゆる OC層と呼ばれる PVA:ポリビニール アルコール) 16を塗布し、外力に対し強い特性 (例えば、通常の PS版の 20倍以上の 強度特性)としたものがある。 [0007] As illustrated in FIG. 9, a lithographic printing plate 10 constituted as this interleaf-free lithographic printing plate is coated with a photosensitive agent on the surface of a thin aluminum-umum substrate 12 to form a photosensitive layer. Furthermore, an overcoat layer (so-called OC layer called PVA: Polyvinyl alcohol) is used on the outermost surface of the photosensitive layer 14 of the lithographic printing plate (PS plate) to prevent desensitization of the photosensitive layer 14 by oxygen. ) 16 is applied to make it strong against external force (for example, strength characteristics more than 20 times that of a normal PS plate).
[0008] この合紙レス平版刷版の OC層は、画像記録 (露光)完了までは必要だ力 現像に 対しては障害となるために、現像前の水洗工程で完全に除去できるように、 OC層を 水溶性材料で構成して!/ヽる。 [0008] The OC layer of this interleaf-free lithographic printing plate is necessary force until image recording (exposure) is completed. Since it becomes an obstacle to development, it can be completely removed in the water washing step before development. Construct OC layer with water-soluble material!
[0009] さらに、この平版刷版 10には、アルミ-ユウム基板 12の裏面 (感光層 14を設けてい ない面)に、平版刷版 10を搬送する際に重なっている平版刷版 10同士が密着しな V、ようにするため、水ガラス製のノックコート層 18を設けたものがある。  [0009] Further, in this lithographic printing plate 10, the lithographic printing plates 10 that overlap each other when the lithographic printing plate 10 is transported to the back surface (the surface on which the photosensitive layer 14 is not provided) of the aluminum-umum substrate 12 are provided. Some of them have a water-glass knock coat layer 18 so that they do not adhere to each other.
[0010] このような合紙レス平版刷版 (合紙レス PS版)を使用する CTPシステムでは、一方 の平版刷版 10表面のオーバーコート層 16上に他方の平版刷版 10のバックコート層 18を直接接触させて積層し所定複数枚重ねた束を、図示しな ヽ平版刷版の自動供 給装置のハウジング内に装填し、製版作業の開始と共に自動供給装置の枚葉供給 装置によって平版刷版の束力も平版刷版 10を 1枚ずつ分離して、露光処理部側へ 搬出する。  [0010] In a CTP system that uses such a slip-less lithographic printing plate (slip-paper-less PS plate), the backcoat layer of the other lithographic printing plate 10 on the overcoat layer 16 on the surface of one lithographic printing plate 10 A stack of a predetermined number of sheets stacked in direct contact with 18 is loaded into the housing of a lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device (not shown), and the lithographic plate is fed by the sheet feeding device of the automatic feeding device as the plate making operation starts. Separate the lithographic printing plates 10 one by one, and carry them to the exposure processing section.
[0011] このような平版刷版の自動供給装置では、合紙レス平版刷版だけを一枚づっ分離 して搬出すれば良いので、合紙取り出し機構、合紙搬送機構及び合紙集積部が不 要となるから、 CTPシステムの生産性を向上でき、廉価な CTPシステムを提供でき、 CTPシステム内の省スペース化を図って小型化することが可能である。  In such an automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus, it is only necessary to separate and carry out the slip-sheet-less lithographic printing plates one by one. Therefore, the slip-sheet removing mechanism, the slip-sheet transport mechanism, and the slip-sheet stacking unit are provided. Since it is not necessary, the productivity of the CTP system can be improved, an inexpensive CTP system can be provided, and the CTP system can be reduced in size to save space.
[0012] さらに、この合紙レス平版刷版を使用する平版刷版の自動供給装置では、複数枚 重ねられた平版刷版 10の束における最も上にある平版刷版 10の表面にピックアップ ローラであるゴム製の搬出用ローラけッジャーローラ)を所要の圧接力(エップ力)で 転接させることによって平版刷版 10を一枚づっ分離して搬出する、いわゆるローラピ ック方式で構成することが考えられる。 Furthermore, in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus using this interleaf-free lithographic printing plate, a pickup is picked up on the surface of the uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 in a stack of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked. A roller pick method is used, in which the lithographic printing plate 10 is separated and carried out by rolling the rubber unloading roller (Kegger roller), which is a roller, with the required pressure contact force (eping force). Can be considered.
[0013] このようなローラピック方式に構成した平版刷版の自動供給装置では、搬出用ロー ラが平版刷版 10の束における最も上にある平版刷版 10の表面に転接して搬出する 動作を行えるようにするために、平版刷版 10の束における最も上にある平版刷版 10 を平版刷版 10の束における第 2番目にある平版刷版 10の上を摺動させながら搬出 する搬送抵抗より、搬出用ローラが所要の-ップ力で圧接して転動することにより生じ る搬送力(二ップカ X搬出用ローラと平版刷版 10の表面との間の摩擦係数)の方が 勝って!/、る (搬送抵抗 <搬送力 の式が成立する)必要がある。  [0013] In the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device configured in such a roller pick system, the unloading roller rolls and contacts the surface of the top lithographic printing plate 10 in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 The uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 is carried out while sliding on the second lithographic printing plate 10 in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10. Relative to the resistance, the transport force (Nipuka X friction coefficient between the transport roller and the surface of the lithographic printing plate 10) generated when the unloading roller rolls in contact with the required pulling force is greater. You need to win! /, RU (conveyance resistance <conveyance force formula holds).
[0014] ここで、平版刷版 10を合紙無しで複数枚重ねた束からローラピック方式で最も上に ある平版刷版 10を引き出すための搬送抵抗は、環境条件により変化する場合がある  [0014] Here, the conveyance resistance for pulling out the uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 by a roller pick method from a stack of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 without interleaving may vary depending on environmental conditions.
[0015] 例えば、この搬送抵抗は、平版刷版 10を合紙無しで複数枚重ねた束を高湿環境 下に置くと、平版刷版 10のオーバーコート層 16が水分を含み、その上にある平版刷 版 10との間の接着力が増して搬送抵抗が増大する。 [0015] For example, when the transport resistance is set in a high humidity environment when a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 with no interleaving paper is placed in a high humidity environment, the overcoat layer 16 of the lithographic printing plate 10 contains moisture and is placed thereon. The adhesion force with a certain lithographic printing plate 10 increases and the conveyance resistance increases.
[0016] さらに、この搬送抵抗は、低湿環境下に置くと、平版刷版 10が帯電して静電気の吸 着力で搬送抵抗が増大する。 [0016] Further, when the conveyance resistance is placed in a low humidity environment, the lithographic printing plate 10 is charged and the conveyance resistance is increased by an electrostatic adsorption force.
[0017] また、この搬送抵抗は、合紙無しで複数枚重ねて束にした平版刷版 10の相互間が 真空密着して搬送抵抗が増大する。 [0017] In addition, the conveyance resistance is increased by the vacuum contact between the lithographic printing plates 10 in which a plurality of lithographic plates 10 are bundled without a slip sheet.
[0018] このため、ローラピック方式に構成した平版刷版の自動供給装置では、搬送抵抗の 増加に対応して、それ以上の高い搬送力が要求されるため、搬出用ローラが平版刷 版 10を押圧する-ップカを増大し、搬出用ローラの駆動力を増大する必要がある。 [0018] For this reason, the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus configured in the roller pick method requires a higher conveying force in response to an increase in the conveying resistance, so that the carry-out roller is a lithographic printing plate. It is necessary to increase the driving force of the carry-out roller by increasing the pucker.
[0019] このようにローラピック方式の平版刷版の自動供給装置で-ップカを増大し、搬出 用ローラの駆動力を増大する場合には、搬出用ローラが強力に平版刷版 10を押圧 できるようにする大型の機構が必要となり、搬出用ローラの駆動モータを大型化する 必要があり、装置が高価になるという問題がある。 [0019] In this way, when the roller pick type lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus increases the pucker and increases the driving force of the carry-out roller, the carry-out roller can strongly press the lithographic plate 10. There is a problem that a large mechanism is required, the drive motor of the carry-out roller needs to be enlarged, and the apparatus is expensive.
[0020] このようなローラピック方式に構成した平版刷版の自動供給装置では、搬出用ロー ラが平版刷版 10の束における最も上にある平版刷版 10の表面に所要の-ップカを 負荷する状態で転接して搬出する動作を行うときに、最も上にある平版刷版 10にお ける搬出用ローラの-ップカを受ける範囲の裏面が、その下に位置する平版刷版 10 の表面を強く擦るようにして摺動する。 [0020] In the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus configured in such a roller pick system, When La performs the operation of rolling and unloading the surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 on the surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 in the bundle, the uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 is loaded. The back surface of the unloading roller that receives the paper is rubbed against the surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 located below.
[0021] すなわち、このローラピック方式の平版刷版の自動供給装置では、搬出される平版 刷版 10の直下にある平版刷版 10における搬出用ローラの-ップカを搬出される平 版刷版 10を介して受ける範囲の部分が、搬出される平版刷版 10の裏面によって搬 送方向に強く擦られることになる。  That is, in this roller pick type lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus, the lithographic printing plate 10 that unloads the unloading roller of the lithographic printing plate 10 immediately below the lithographic printing plate 10 that is unloaded. The portion of the area received via the plate is strongly rubbed in the carrying direction by the back surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 to be carried out.
[0022] このため、搬出される平版刷版 10の直下にある平版刷版 10における、搬出用ロー ラの-ップ力の影響を受ける範囲の感光層 14及びオーバーコート層 16の部分に擦 り傷を付けて目視可能な黒傷ができる等、印刷面に重大な問題を起こす事がある。  [0022] Therefore, in the lithographic printing plate 10 immediately below the lithographic printing plate 10 to be carried out, the photosensitive layer 14 and the overcoat layer 16 in the range affected by the unloading roller pulling force are rubbed. Serious problems may occur on the printed surface, such as scratches and visible black scratches.
[0023] また、利用する平版刷版が例えば B1サイズ等の大型の合紙レス平版刷版 (合紙レ ス PS版)を使用する CTPシステムでは、複数の平版刷版だけを略水平である横方向 にし、一方の平版刷版の表面のオーバーコート層上に他方の平版刷版のノ ッタコー ト層を直接接触させて積層し所定複数枚重ねた束を平版刷版の自動供給装置のハ ウジング内に装填し、製版作業の開始と共に自動供給装置の枚葉供給装置によって 平版刷版の束から平版刷版を 1枚ずつ分離して、露光処理部側へ搬出する。  [0023] In addition, in a CTP system that uses a large interleaf-less lithographic printing plate (such as a B1 size) (interleaf-less PS plate), for example, only a plurality of lithographic printing plates are substantially horizontal. In the horizontal direction, the notch coat layer of the other lithographic printing plate is directly brought into contact with the overcoat layer on the surface of one lithographic printing plate, and a predetermined number of stacked bundles are stacked in the automatic feeding device of the lithographic printing plate. The paper is loaded into the hood, and when the plate making operation is started, the lithographic printing plates are separated one by one from the lithographic printing plate bundle by the sheet feeding device of the automatic feeding device, and are transported to the exposure processing unit side.
[0024] このような平版刷版の自動供給装置では、合紙レス平版刷版だけを一枚づっ分離 して搬出すれば良いので、合紙取り出し機構、合紙搬送機構及び合紙集積部が不 要となるから、 CTPシステムの生産性を向上でき、廉価な CTPシステムを提供でき、 CTPシステム内の省スペース化を図って小型化することが可能である。 [0024] In such an automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus, only the slip-sheet-less lithographic printing plates need be separated and transported one by one, so that the slip-sheet taking-out mechanism, the slip-sheet transport mechanism, and the slip-sheet stacking unit are provided. Since it is not necessary, the productivity of the CTP system can be improved, an inexpensive CTP system can be provided, and the CTP system can be reduced in size to save space.
[0025] さらに、この合紙レス平版刷版を使用する平版刷版の自動供給装置は、複数枚重 ねられた平版刷版の束における最も上にある平版刷版の表面にピックアップローラで あるゴム製の搬出用ローラけッジャーローラ)を所要の-ップカ (圧接力)を負荷した 状態で転接させることにより平版刷版の搬送抵抗に杭して平版刷版を一枚づっ分離 して搬出する、 Vヽゎゆる搬送ローラ方式で構成することが考えられる。 [0025] Further, the automatic lithographic printing plate supply device using this interleaf-free lithographic printing plate is a pickup roller on the surface of the uppermost lithographic printing plate in a stack of lithographic printing plates stacked in plural. Roll out the rubber unloading roller (Kegger roller) under the required load (pressure contact force) and pile it on the conveyance resistance of the lithographic printing plate to separate the lithographic printing plates one by one. It is conceivable to use a V-type transport roller system.
[0026] このような合紙レス平版刷版を使用する CTPシステムにおける搬送ローラ方式の平 版刷版の自動供給装置では、自動供給装置のハウジング内に複数の平版刷版だけ を略水平である横方向にして重ねて束にした状態で装填するため、梅雨時に稼動す る場合等のように自動供給装置のハウジング内が高温多湿 (例えば、気温 30°C、湿 度 50%以上)になると、 OC層が空気中の水分を吸水し、溶け出して接着性が増加 する傾向がある。 [0026] In the automatic feeding device of the transport roller type lithographic printing plate in the CTP system using such a slip-less lithographic printing plate, only a plurality of lithographic printing plates are housed in the housing of the automatic feeding device. Are loaded in bundles in a horizontal direction that is substantially horizontal, so that the inside of the automatic supply device's housing is hot and humid (for example, temperature 30 ° C, humidity 50 %), The OC layer absorbs moisture from the air and dissolves to increase adhesion.
[0027] その結果、搬送ローラ方式の平版刷版の自動供給装置では、 OC層が吸水し溶け て接着性が増加した部分がその上に重ねられている最も上にある感光性印刷版のァ ルミ-ゥム基板の裏面に接着してしま 、、この最も上にある感光性印刷版をその下の 感光性印刷版から引き剥がして搬出するための搬送負荷が増加するため、ピックアツ プ用のローラを強く押し当てて二ップカを増加し搬送力を大きくしなければならなくな る。  [0027] As a result, in the automatic feeding device of the transport roller type lithographic printing plate, the portion of the photosensitive printing plate on the top where the OC layer absorbs water and melts to increase the adhesion is superposed thereon. Adhering to the back surface of the Lumi-um substrate increases the transport load for peeling the uppermost photosensitive printing plate from the underlying photosensitive printing plate and carrying it out. It is necessary to increase the conveying force by pressing the roller strongly and increasing the two-up load.
[0028] また、この搬送ローラ方式の平版刷版の自動供給装置では、 OC層が吸水し溶けて 接着性が増力 tlした部分の接着力が大きくなると、ピックアップ用のローラで一時に複 数枚の感光性印刷版を搬出する状態や、搬送負荷が増加して搬送不可の状態にも なりかねない。  [0028] Further, in this transport roller type lithographic printing plate automatic supply device, when the OC layer absorbs water and melts and the adhesion is increased, the adhesive force at the tl portion increases. This may cause the photosensitive printing plate to be carried out, or the conveyance load to increase and the conveyance to become impossible.
[0029] さらに、この搬送ローラ方式の平版刷版の自動供給装置では、ピックアップ用の口 ーラを強く押し当てて搬送力を増加した場合に、最も上にある平版刷版における搬 出用ローラの-ップカを受ける範囲の裏面が、その下に位置する平版刷版の表面を 強く擦るようにして摺動する。  [0029] Further, in this transport roller type lithographic printing plate automatic supply device, when the transport force is increased by strongly pressing the pick-up roller, the unloading roller in the uppermost lithographic printing plate The back surface of the area where the paper is received slides while strongly rubbing the surface of the lithographic printing plate located below.
[0030] すなわち、この搬送ローラ方式の平版刷版の自動供給装置では、搬出される平版 刷版の直下にある平版刷版における搬出用ローラの-ップカを搬出される平版刷版 を介して受ける範囲の部分が、搬出される平版刷版の裏面によって搬送方向に強く 擦られること〖こなる。 [0030] That is, in this transport roller type lithographic printing plate automatic supply device, the unloading roller of the lithographic printing plate directly under the lithographic printing plate to be unloaded is received via the lithographic printing plate to be unloaded. The area of the range is strongly rubbed in the transport direction by the back side of the lithographic printing plate to be transported.
[0031] このため、搬出される平版刷版の直下にある平版刷版における、搬出用ローラの- ップ力の影響を受ける範囲の感光層及びオーバーコート層の部分に擦り傷を付けて 目視可能な黒傷ができる等、印刷面に重大な問題を起こす事がある。  [0031] For this reason, in the lithographic printing plate directly under the lithographic printing plate to be carried out, the photosensitive layer and the overcoat layer within the range affected by the unloading roller's up-rolling force are scratched and visible. May cause serious problems on the printed surface, such as bruises.
特許文献 1:特開平 11 314771号公報  Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11 314771
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題 [0032] 本発明は、上述の問題に鑑み、合紙レス平版刷版の束からローラピック方式で平 版刷版を一枚づっ分離して搬出する際の搬送抵抗を低減し、低出力で小型の駆動 モータを用いて簡素で廉価に構成できる、平版刷版の自動供給装置を新たに提供 することを目的とする。 Problems to be solved by the invention [0032] In view of the above-mentioned problems, the present invention reduces the transport resistance when separating and transporting lithographic printing plates one by one from a bundle of interleaf-free lithographic printing plates by a roller pick method, with low output. The purpose is to provide a new lithographic printing plate automatic supply device that can be configured simply and inexpensively using a small drive motor.
[0033] また、本発明は、上述の問題に鑑み、複数の平版刷版だけを横方向にして重ねて 束にした状態で装填し、吸盤を用いて各平版刷版を 1枚づっ持ち上げることにより枚 葉分離して搬出する平版刷版の自動供給装置を新たに提供することを目的とする。 課題を解決するための手段  [0033] Further, in the present invention, in view of the above-mentioned problems, only a plurality of planographic printing plates are loaded in a stacked state in a horizontal direction and bundled together, and each planographic printing plate is lifted one by one using a suction cup. The purpose is to provide a new lithographic printing plate automatic supply device that separates and transports sheets separately. Means for solving the problem
[0034] 本発明の請求項 1に記載の平版刷版の自動供給装置は、一方の平版刷版表面の 感光面上に他方の平版刷版の裏面を直接接触させて積層した状態で運搬や保管が 可能な特性を持つ平版刷版が所定複数枚重ねられて束にされたものを装填した状 態で、平版刷版の束における最上位の平版刷版を、その下の平版刷版から引き上 げる操作を行う捌き操作部と、最上位の平版刷版とその下の平版刷版との間に挿入 された使用状態と、最上位の平版刷版とその下の平版刷版との間から離脱した待機 位置との間を移動可能に装着された、低摩擦係数の材料で形成された搬送抵抗力 低減部材と、捌き操作部で最上位の平版刷版を引き上げた状態のときに、搬送抵抗 力低減部材を最上位の平版刷版とその下の平版刷版との間に挿入して使用状態と する入出操作部と、最上位の平版刷版とその下の平版刷版との間に搬送抵抗力低 減部材が挿入された使用状態にぉ ヽて、最上位の平版刷版における搬送抵抗力低 減部材に対応した範囲に転接して、最上位の平版刷版を搬送抵抗力低減部材の上 を摺動させながら搬出する搬出用ローラと、を有することを特徴とする。  [0034] The lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 1 of the present invention is transported in a state where the back surface of the other lithographic printing plate is directly contacted and laminated on the photosensitive surface of one lithographic printing plate surface. The top lithographic printing plate in the lithographic printing plate bundle is loaded from the lithographic printing plate below it, with a predetermined number of lithographic printing plates having storable characteristics loaded in a bundle. A pulling operation section for performing the pulling-up operation, a use state inserted between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lower lithographic printing plate, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lower lithographic printing plate When the uppermost lithographic printing plate is pulled up by the transport resistance reducing member made of a material with a low coefficient of friction, which is mounted so as to be movable between the standby position where it has left In addition, the conveyance resistance reducing member is inserted between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below it to make it ready for use. The transport resistance of the top lithographic printing plate is low in the operating state where the transport resistance reducing member is inserted between the unloading section, the top lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below it. And an unloading roller that rolls over the range corresponding to the reducing member and unloads the uppermost lithographic printing plate while sliding on the conveying resistance reducing member.
[0035] 上述のように構成することにより、自動供給装置内に、合紙の介在無しで所定複数 枚の平版刷版を積層し重ねて束にしたものを装填し、この平版刷版の束の最上位の 平版刷版とその下の平版刷版との間に搬送抵抗力低減部材を挿入し、最上位の平 版刷版上でローラピック方式として構成された搬出用ローラを転動させることによって 搬出する際に、最上位の平版刷版の裏面を低摩擦係数材料で形成した搬送抵抗力 低減部材上を摺動させることによって搬送抵抗を低減するので、搬出用ローラを平版 刷版に圧接する際の二ップカを低く設定し、搬出用ローラを回動する回転駆動力を 低減し、搬出用ローラの駆動源を低出力で小型なものにし、搬出用ローラを平版刷 版に圧接させるための-ップカを付与する機構を、低いニップ力に見合った剛性を 持つよう簡素化して、廉価に製造可能とする。 [0035] By configuring as described above, a bundle of a plurality of predetermined planographic printing plates stacked and stacked without intervening interleaf is loaded into the automatic feeding device, and the bundle of the planographic printing plates is loaded. Insert a conveyance resistance reduction member between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lower lithographic printing plate, and roll the unloading roller configured as a roller pick method on the uppermost lithographic printing plate. When unloading, the transport resistance is reduced by sliding the back of the uppermost planographic printing plate on the transport resistance reducing member formed of a low friction coefficient material. Rotation driving force to rotate the carry-out roller by setting the low pressure at the time of press contact low Reduced and reduced the drive source of the unloading roller with a low output and simplified the mechanism to add a pucker to press the unloading roller against the lithographic printing plate so that it has rigidity corresponding to the low nip force. And can be manufactured at low cost.
[0036] 請求項 2に記載の発明は、請求項 1に記載の平版刷版の自動供給装置において、 平版刷版の静電気を逃がすため、搬送抵抗力低減部材を、アース線を介して電気 的に接地するよう構成したことを特徴とする。  [0036] The invention described in claim 2 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 1, in which the conveyance resistance reducing member is electrically connected via a ground wire in order to release static electricity of the lithographic printing plate. It is characterized by being configured to be grounded.
[0037] 上述のように構成することにより、請求項 1に記載の発明の作用、効果に加えて、平 版刷版に蓄電された静電気を逃がして、静電気による最上位の平版刷版とその下の 平版刷版との吸着を抑制し、静電気に起因する搬送抵抗の増加を防止することがで きる。  [0037] By configuring as described above, in addition to the operation and effect of the invention of claim 1, the static electricity stored in the lithographic printing plate is released, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate due to static electricity and its Adsorption with the lower lithographic printing plate can be suppressed, and an increase in transport resistance due to static electricity can be prevented.
[0038] 請求項 3に記載の発明は、請求項 1又は請求項 2に記載の平版刷版の自動供給装 置において、捌き操作部が最上位の平版刷版を引き上げることによって、その下の 平版刷版との間に所定間隔の空間を作って空気を導入し、これらの間の真空密着状 態を解消してから最上位の平版刷版を搬送抵抗力低減部材の上へ置くことにより、 最上位の平版刷版とその下の平版刷版との間に挟まった搬送抵抗力低減部材の周 囲に空間を作り、静電気の影響を軽減させ、真空密着を防ぎ、搬送抵抗を低減させ るように構成したことを特徴とする。  [0038] In the invention described in claim 3, in the automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus described in claim 1 or 2, the rolling operation unit pulls up the uppermost lithographic printing plate, Create a space with a predetermined space between the lithographic printing plates and introduce air, and after removing the vacuum contact between them, place the uppermost lithographic printing plate on the conveyance resistance reducing member. A space is created around the conveyance resistance reducing member sandwiched between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below it, reducing the effects of static electricity, preventing vacuum adhesion, and reducing conveyance resistance. It is configured to be configured as described above.
[0039] 上述のように構成することにより、請求項 1又は請求項 2に記載の発明の作用、効 果に加えて、平版刷版同志が真空密着状態となって摺接することを抑制すると共に、 平版刷版同志が静電気で吸着されることを抑制することによって、搬送抵抗の増加を より低減できる。  [0039] By configuring as described above, in addition to the operation and effect of the invention according to claim 1 or 2, it is possible to prevent the lithographic printing plates from coming into sliding contact with each other in a vacuum contact state. By suppressing the lithographic printing plates from being adsorbed by static electricity, the increase in transport resistance can be further reduced.
[0040] 本発明の平版刷版の自動供給装置によれば、合紙レス平版刷版の束カゝらローラピ ック方式で平版刷版を一枚づっ分離して搬出する際の搬送抵抗を低減し、低出力で 小型の駆動モータを用いることにより装置の構成を簡素化して小型化可能とすると共 に廉価に製造可能とするという効果がある。  [0040] According to the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus of the present invention, it is possible to reduce the conveyance resistance when separating and carrying out the lithographic printing plates one by one using a roller pick method, such as a bundle-less lithographic printing plate bundle. By reducing the size and using a small drive motor with low output, the structure of the apparatus can be simplified and the size can be reduced, and at the same time, it can be manufactured at low cost.
[0041] 本発明の請求項 4に記載の平版刷版の自動供給装置は、一方の平版刷版表面の 感光面上に他方の平版刷版の裏面を直接接触させて積層した状態で運搬や保管が 可能な特性を持つ平版刷版が所定複数枚重ねられて束にされたものを装填した状 態で、平版刷版の束における最上位の平版刷版を、その下の平版刷版カゝら捌き位 置まで引き上げる操作が可能な捌き操作部と、捌き操作部で最上位の平版刷版を捌 き位置まで引き上げた際に薄板状の保護部材を取り付けた操作軸部材を回動制御 することにより保護部材を最上位の平版刷版とその下の平版刷版との間に挿入した 挿入状態とし、捌き操作部で最上位の平版刷版を落下させる捌き解除動作をした際 に保護部材が最上位の平版刷版の下の平版刷版上に移動し、最上位の平版刷版を 搬出後に保護部材を待機位置に復帰させるように操作軸部材を回動制御する挿入 調整操作装置と、最上位の平版刷版とその下の平版刷版との間に保護部材が挿入 された挿入状態において、最上位の平版刷版における保護部材に対応した範囲に 転接して、最上位の平版刷版を保護部材の上を摺動させながら搬出する搬出用ロー ラと、を有することを特徴とする。 [0041] The lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to claim 4 of the present invention is transported in a state where the back surface of the other lithographic printing plate is directly contacted and laminated on the photosensitive surface of one lithographic printing plate surface. A state in which a predetermined number of lithographic printing plates with characteristics that can be stored are stacked and bundled The uppermost lithographic printing plate in the bundle of lithographic printing plates can be pulled up to the lithographic printing plate cover below it, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate can be The control member is inserted between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lower lithographic printing plate by controlling the rotation of the operating shaft member with the thin plate-shaped protective member attached when the plate is pulled up to the insertion position. The protective member moves onto the lithographic printing plate under the top lithographic printing plate when the rolling operation is performed to drop the top lithographic printing plate in the rolling operation unit, and the top lithographic printing plate is removed. Insertion in which a protective member is inserted between the adjustment operation device that rotates the operating shaft member so that the protective member returns to the standby position after unloading, and the uppermost planographic printing plate and the lower planographic printing plate In the state, it is rolled to the range corresponding to the protective member in the uppermost lithographic printing plate. Te, and having a carry-out and low La for unloading while sliding on the protective member planographic printing plate of the top-level.
[0042] 請求項 5に記載の発明は、請求項 4に記載の平版刷版の自動供給装置において、 挿入調整操作装置が、摺動摩擦抵抗が小さ!ヽ材料を所要の剛性を持つ薄板状に形 成した保護部材と、保護部材を先端部に取り付けた操作軸部材と、操作軸部材を軸 方向に摺動可能に装着したハウジングと、操作軸部材のハウジング内の所定位置に 設けた制止部材と、制止部材とハウジングの壁との間に架設され、制止部材で制止さ れる位置まで操作軸部材を延出させるように付勢するばねと、操作軸部材における 保護部材を設けた端部と反対側の端部に対して、相対的に回動不能でかつ回転軸 方向へ相対的に移動可能となるよう接続された連動部材と、連動部材を回転駆動す る駆動操作モータと、を具備することを特徴とする。  [0042] The invention according to claim 5 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 4, wherein the insertion adjusting operation device has a small sliding frictional resistance! The material is made into a thin plate having a required rigidity. The formed protection member, the operation shaft member with the protection member attached to the tip, the housing on which the operation shaft member is slidable in the axial direction, and the restraining member provided at a predetermined position in the housing of the operation shaft member A spring that is spanned between the restraining member and the wall of the housing and urges the operation shaft member to extend to a position that is restrained by the restraining member, and an end portion of the operation shaft member that is provided with a protective member; An interlocking member connected so as to be relatively unrotatable and relatively movable in the direction of the rotation axis with respect to the opposite end, and a drive operation motor that rotationally drives the interlocking member. It is characterized by doing.
[0043] 請求項 6及び 7に記載の発明は、請求項 4又は請求項 5に記載の平版刷版の自動 供給装置において、保護部材を、搬出用ローラが最上位の平版刷版上に圧接したと きの圧接力が働く範囲以上の大きさに形成したことを特徴とする。  [0043] The invention described in claims 6 and 7 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the protective member is pressed against the lithographic printing plate having the uppermost discharge roller. It is characterized in that it is formed in a size that is larger than the working range of the pressure contact force.
[0044] 前述のように構成することにより、平版刷版の束における最上位の平版刷版を捌き 操作部で捌き位置まで引き上げ、操作軸部材を回動制御することにより保護部材を 最上位の平版刷版とその下の平版刷版との間に挿入した挿入状態とし、捌き操作部 で最上位の平版刷版を落下させる捌き解除動作に伴って保護部材が最上位の平版 刷版の下の平版刷版上に移動して挿入状態にセットする。この状態で、搬出用ロー ラが最上位の平版刷版における保護部材に対応した範囲に転接して、最上位の平 版刷版を保護部材の上を摺動させながら搬出する動作を行うことにより、最上位の平 版刷版の裏面における搬出用ローラの-ップ力の負荷が加わる範囲の部分が保護 部材上を摺動し、直接最上位の平版刷版の下の平版刷版の記録層側を強く擦ること が無 、ようにして、記録層側の部分に傷がつくことを防止できる。 [0044] By configuring as described above, the uppermost lithographic printing plate in the bundle of lithographic printing plates is rolled up and pulled up to the firing position by the operation unit, and the operation shaft member is rotated to control the protective member to the uppermost plate. When the plate is inserted between the planographic printing plate and the planographic printing plate below it, the protective member is placed under the top planographic printing plate in accordance with the rolling release operation that causes the top level planographic printing plate to drop in the rolling operation section. Move to the planographic printing plate and set it in the inserted state. In this state, the unloading The uppermost lithographic printing plate is moved to the range corresponding to the protective member of the uppermost lithographic printing plate, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate is carried out while sliding on the protective member. The portion of the back surface of the printing plate where the loading force of the unloading roller is applied slides on the protective member, and directly rubs the recording layer side of the lithographic printing plate directly below the uppermost lithographic printing plate. Thus, the recording layer side can be prevented from being damaged.
[0045] 本発明の平版刷版の自動供給装置によれば、合紙レス平版刷版の束カゝらローラピ ック方式で平版刷版を一枚づっ分離して搬出する際に、ピックアップローラの-ップ 力が作用する範囲に対応した記録層側の部分を保護部材で保護して傷がつくことを 防止できるという効果がある  [0045] According to the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus of the present invention, when the lithographic printing plates are separated and carried out one by one by the roller pick method, the pick-up roller is used. There is an effect that the portion on the recording layer side corresponding to the range where the force acts can be protected with a protective member to prevent scratches.
[0046] 本発明の請求項 8に記載の平版刷版の自動供給装置は、一方の平版刷版の表面 上に他方の平版刷版の裏面を直接接触させて積層することにより平版刷版が所定複 数枚重ねられて束にされたものが、略水平に保持した状態でセットされる格納装置と 、略水平にセットされた平版刷版の束における最も上に位置する平版刷版に対して、 波打つように湾曲させて形成した吸着面部で吸着することにより最上位の平版刷版 の直下の平版刷版が密着しな 、ように捌くサッカーと、略水平にセットされた平版刷 版の束における最上位の平版刷版に対して転接可能に装着した搬出用ローラと、サ ッカーで吸着した最上位の平版刷版を、所定高さ位置に持ち上げて力 搬送方向下 流側の搬出ローラ上へ横に搬送し、搬出ローラ上に最上位の平版刷版を降下させて 搬出用ローラとの間にニップさせ、搬出ローラと搬出用ローラとでニップして転接する ことにより搬出可能とさせるように操作する移動操作部と、を有することを特徴とする。  [0046] In the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 8 of the present invention, the lithographic printing plate can be obtained by laminating the back surface of the other lithographic printing plate on the surface of one lithographic printing plate in direct contact. A storage device in which a predetermined number of sheets are stacked and set in a state of being held substantially horizontally, and a lithographic printing plate positioned at the top of a bundle of lithographic printing plates set substantially horizontally Of the lithographic printing plate set up almost horizontally so that the lithographic printing plate directly below the uppermost lithographic printing plate does not adhere by adsorbing at the adsorbing surface formed by undulating bending. The unloading roller mounted so as to be capable of rolling contact with the uppermost lithographic printing plate in the bundle, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by the sucker are lifted to a predetermined height position to be discharged downstream in the force conveying direction. The paper is conveyed horizontally on the roller and the top lithographic printing plate is placed on the unloading roller. And a moving operation unit that is operated so as to be able to be carried out by being lowered and nipped between the carry-out roller and nipping between the carry-out roller and the carry-out roller and rolling.
[0047] 上述のように構成することにより、合紙の介在無しで所定複数枚の平版刷版を積層 し重ねて束にしたものを略水平に保持した状態でセットし、最上部の位置にある搬出 される平版刷版をサッカーで吸着した際に、サッカーの波打つように湾曲させて形成 した吸着面部に沿って平版刷版を変形した状態で持ち上げるので、平版刷版が波 打つように湾曲させて形成した吸着面部の形状に沿う弾性変形により生じた隙間か ら空気を流入させながら平版刷版を持ち上げることによって、搬出される平版刷版の 搬送方向下流側部分を、その下の平版刷版力 引き剥がす良好な捌き動作を行わ せることができる。さらに、移動操作部によりサッカーで吸着した最上位の平版刷版を 所定高さ位置に持ち上げて力 搬送方向下流側の搬出ローラ上へ横に搬送する際 に、搬出される平版刷版の搬送方向上流側部分を、その下の平版刷版力 引き剥が す良好な捌き動作を行わせることができる。また、一枚に分離された平版刷版を搬出 ローラと搬出用ローラとで-ップして転接することにより搬出するので、平版刷版同士 が摺接して擦れ傷が発生する事態を解消できる。 [0047] By configuring as described above, a predetermined plurality of planographic printing plates stacked and stacked without intervening interleaving paper are set in a state of being held substantially horizontally and placed at the uppermost position. When a lithographic printing plate to be transported is sucked with soccer, the lithographic printing plate is lifted in a deformed state along the suction surface formed by curving the soccer undulation, so that the lithographic printing plate is curved to wave. The lower part of the lithographic printing plate in the transport direction of the lithographic printing plate to be transported is lifted by lifting the lithographic printing plate while allowing air to flow in through the gap created by the elastic deformation along the shape of the suction surface formed in this way. Printing force It is possible to perform a good rolling operation to peel off. In addition, the top lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer using the moving operation unit Good when the lithographic printing plate is lifted to the specified height position and transported horizontally onto the unloading roller on the downstream side in the conveyance direction. A whispering operation can be performed. In addition, since the lithographic printing plates separated into one sheet are unloaded by the unloading roller and the unloading roller and rolled out, the situation where the lithographic printing plates slidably contact each other to cause scratches can be eliminated. .
[0048] 請求項 9に記載の発明は、請求項 8に記載の平版刷版の自動供給装置において、 搬出用ローラを、サッカーで吸着して最上位の平版刷版を持ち上げた際にサッカー との間で高低差を作ることにより最上位の平版刷版の直下の平版刷版が密着しない ように捌くよう装着したことを特徴とする。  [0048] The invention according to claim 9 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 8, wherein when the uppermost lithographic printing plate is lifted by adsorbing the unloading roller with soccer, It is characterized in that it is mounted so that the lithographic printing plate immediately below the uppermost lithographic printing plate does not adhere by making a height difference between the two.
[0049] 上述のように構成することにより、請求項 8に記載の発明の作用、効果に加えて、平 版刷版の搬送方向下流側端部近くの部分が、例えば、その一部でサッカーに持ち上 げられ、他部で搬出用ローラに押し下げられることにより、大きなウェーブを描くように 十分に弾性変形して湾曲した状態となり、その下にある平版刷版との間で搬送方向 下流側の幅方向全体に渡って密着が全面的に解除された状態とし、平版刷版の弾 性変形により生じた隙間から空気を十分に流入させ、搬出される平版刷版の搬送方 向中間部を、その下の平版刷版力も引き剥がす捌き動作を行わせることができる。  [0049] By configuring as described above, in addition to the operation and effect of the invention of claim 8, the portion near the downstream end in the transport direction of the lithographic printing plate is, for example, a portion of the soccer plate. And is pushed down by the unloading roller at the other part, it becomes sufficiently elastically deformed and curved so as to draw a large wave, and the conveyance direction downstream with the lithographic printing plate under it The entire contact in the width direction of the lithographic printing plate is completely released, air is sufficiently allowed to flow in through the gap created by the elastic deformation of the lithographic printing plate, and the intermediate portion in the conveyance direction of the lithographic printing plate to be unloaded is The lithographic printing plate force below can be peeled off.
[0050] 請求項 10及び 11に記載の発明は、請求項 8又は請求項 9に記載の平版刷版の自 動供給装置において、サッカーで吸着した最上位の平版刷版を所定高さ位置に持 ち上げて力 搬送方向下流側の搬出ローラ上へ横に搬送する際に、最上位の平版 刷版に隣接する平版刷版が共に搬出されることを制止するストツバを設けたことを特 徴とする。  [0050] The invention described in claims 10 and 11 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer is placed at a predetermined height position. Lifting and force A feature is provided to prevent the lithographic printing plate adjacent to the uppermost lithographic printing plate from being unloaded together when transported horizontally onto the unloading roller on the downstream side in the conveying direction. And
[0051] 上述のように構成することにより、サッカーで吸着した平版刷版を略水平に移動した 際に、その下に隣接する平版刷版が搬送方向下流側へ向けて移動しょうとしても、ス トツパに当たって制止されるので、サッカーで吸着した平版刷版だけをより確実に搬 出できる。  [0051] By configuring as described above, when the lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer is moved substantially horizontally, the lithographic printing plate adjacent to the lithographic printing plate is moved toward the downstream side in the transport direction. Since it is stopped by hitting the tops, only the lithographic plate adsorbed by soccer can be transported more reliably.
[0052] 請求項 12乃至 15に記載の発明は、請求項 8乃至請求項 11の何れか 1項に記載の 平版刷版の自動供給装置において、サッカーで吸着した最上位の平版刷版を所定 高さ位置に持ち上げて力 搬送方向下流側の搬出ローラ上へ横に搬送する際に、 最上位の平版刷版とその下の平版刷版との間に空気を吹き付けることにより引き剥 力 Sして離間させるエアブロアのノズルを配置したことを特徴とする。 [0052] The invention described in claims 12 to 15 is the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer is predetermined. When lifted to a height position and transported sideways onto the unloading roller on the downstream side in the transport direction, It is characterized in that an air blower nozzle is arranged between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below the uppermost lithographic printing plate so as to be separated by peeling force S.
[0053] 上述のように構成することにより、サッカーで吸着した平版刷版を搬送方向下流側 へ向けて略水平に移動する動作の際に、このサッカーで吸着した平版刷版とその下 に隣接する平版刷版との間に空気を吹き付けることにより、これらの間を引き剥がして 離間させ、サッカーで吸着した平版刷版だけをより確実に搬出できる。  [0053] With the configuration as described above, the lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer is adjacent to the lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer when the lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer moves substantially horizontally toward the downstream side in the transport direction. By blowing air between the lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate, the lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer can be more reliably carried out.
[0054] 本発明の平版刷版の自動供給装置によれば、複数の平版刷版だけを横方向にし て重ねて束にした状態で装填し、吸盤を用いて各平版刷版を 1枚づっ持ち上げるこ とにより各平版刷版を確実に枚葉分離して搬出できるという効果がある。  According to the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus of the present invention, only a plurality of lithographic printing plates are loaded in a stacked state in a horizontal direction, and each lithographic printing plate is packed one by one using a suction cup. By lifting, each lithographic printing plate can be separated and transported reliably.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0055] [図 1]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置を備えた CTP (Comp uter to Plate)システムの全体を示す斜視図である。  FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing an entire CTP (Computer to Plate) system provided with an automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 2]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置を備えた CTPシステ ム内部の全体的な概略構成を示す構成図である。  FIG. 2 is a configuration diagram showing an overall schematic configuration inside a CTP system provided with an automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 3]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置内に装填された平版 刷版の束から各平版刷版を搬出する枚葉供給装置の部分を取り出して示す要部概 略構成図である。  FIG. 3 is a schematic view of a main part taken out of a part of a sheet feeding device for carrying out each lithographic printing plate from a bundle of lithographic printing plates loaded in a lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG.
圆 4]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置内に装填された平版 刷版の束力ゝら各平版刷版を搬出する枚葉供給装置の要部を取り出して示す概略構 成図である。  圆 4] Schematic showing the main part of the sheet feeding device for carrying out each lithographic printing plate from the bundle power of the lithographic printing plate loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to the embodiment of the present invention. It is a composition diagram.
[図 5]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置内に装填された平版 刷版の束から各平版刷版を搬出する、他の構成の枚葉供給装置に係わる要部を取 り出して示す要部概略構成図である。  [FIG. 5] The main part relating to the sheet feeding apparatus having another configuration for carrying out each lithographic printing plate from the bundle of lithographic printing plates loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 3 is a schematic configuration diagram of a main part extracted and shown.
[図 6]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置内に装填された平版 刷版の束から各平版刷版を搬出する、他の構成の枚葉供給装置で搬出する動作の 要部を取り出して示す要部概略構成図である。  [Fig. 6] Operation for unloading each lithographic printing plate from a bundle of lithographic printing plates loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to the embodiment of the present invention, and carrying it out with a sheet feeding device of another configuration It is a principal part schematic block diagram which takes out and shows the principal part.
[図 7]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置内に装填された平版 刷版の束から各平版刷版を搬出する枚葉供給装置における保管棚の部分を取り出 して示す要部概略正面図である。 [FIG. 7] A portion of a storage shelf in a sheet feeding device for taking out each lithographic printing plate from a bundle of lithographic printing plates loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to the embodiment of the present invention is taken out. It is a principal part schematic front view shown.
圆 8]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置内に装填された平版 刷版の束力も各平版刷版を搬出する、さらに他の構成の枚葉供給装置の部分を取り 出して示す概略構成図である。 圆 8] The bundle force of the lithographic printing plates loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to the embodiment of the present invention is also taken out from the plate feeding device of another configuration for carrying out each lithographic printing plate. It is a schematic block diagram taken out and shown.
圆 9]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置の枚葉供給装置で利 用される平版刷版の構造を例示する概略断面図である。 9] A schematic cross-sectional view illustrating the structure of a lithographic printing plate used in a sheet feeding device of a lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
圆 10]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置内に装填された平版 刷版の束力 各平版刷版を搬出する枚葉供給装置が捌き位置にある状態の要部を 取り出して示す要部概略構成図である。 圆 10] Bundle power of lithographic printing plates loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to the embodiment of the present invention The main part in a state where the sheet feeding device for unloading each lithographic printing plate is in the rolling position It is a principal part schematic block diagram taken out and shown.
圆 11]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置内に装填された平版 刷版の束力 各平版刷版を搬出する状態にある枚葉供給装置の部分を取り出して 示す概略構成図である。 圆 11] Bundle power of lithographic printing plates loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to the embodiment of the present invention Outline of taking out and showing the part of the sheet feeding device in a state where each lithographic printing plate is unloaded It is a block diagram.
圆 12]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置内の枚葉供給装置 における挿入調整操作装置が保護部材を待機位置にセットした状態を取り出して示 す概略正面図である。 FIG. 12 is a schematic front view showing a state in which the insertion adjusting operation device in the sheet feeding device in the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to the embodiment of the present invention sets the protective member at the standby position.
圆 13]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置内の枚葉供給装置 における挿入調整操作装置で保護部材を回動している中間状態を取り出して示す 概略正面図である。 13] FIG. 13 is a schematic front view showing an intermediate state in which the protective member is rotated by the insertion adjustment operation device in the sheet feeding device in the lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
圆 14]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置内に装填された平版 刷版の束力 各平版刷版を搬出する状態にある枚葉供給装置の部分を取り出して 示す概略正面図である。 圆 14] Bundle power of lithographic printing plate loaded in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to the embodiment of the present invention Outline of taking out and showing the part of the sheet feeding device in the state where each lithographic printing plate is unloaded It is a front view.
圆 15]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置を備えた CTPシステ ムの全体を示す斜視図である。 [15] FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing the entire CTP system provided with the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
圆 16]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置を備えた CTPシステ ム内部の全体的な概略構成図である。 16] FIG. 16 is an overall schematic configuration diagram of the inside of a CTP system provided with an automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
圆 17]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置の部分を取り出して 示す概略構成図である。 FIG. 17 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a part of an automatic supply device for a lithographic printing plate according to an embodiment of the present invention.
圆 18]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置におけるピックアップ ユニットで一枚の平版刷版を持ち上げた状態を示す要部概略説明図である。 圆 18] Pick-up in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention FIG. 3 is a schematic explanatory diagram of a main part showing a state where one lithographic printing plate is lifted by a unit.
[図 19]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置におけるピックアップ ユニットで平版刷版を昇降させて捌くときの動作を示す要部概略説明図である。  FIG. 19 is a main part schematic explanatory diagram showing an operation when the lithographic printing plate is moved up and down by a pickup unit in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 20]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置におけるピックアップ ユニットで平版刷版を略水平に移動させて捌くときの動作を示す要部概略説明図で ある。  FIG. 20 is a main part schematic explanatory diagram showing an operation when the lithographic printing plate is moved substantially horizontally by the pickup unit in the automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 21]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置の部分を取り出して 示す要部概略斜視図である。  FIG. 21 is a main part schematic perspective view showing a part of the automatic lithographic plate supplying apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 22]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置に用いるサッカーを 取り出して底面側を示す斜視図である。  FIG. 22 is a perspective view showing the bottom side of the soccer used for the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 23]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置に用いるサッカーを 取り出して示す斜視図である。  FIG. 23 is a perspective view showing a soccer used for the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 24]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置に用いるサッカーで 平版刷版を吸着した状態を取り出して示す斜視図である。  FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing a state in which the lithographic printing plate is adsorbed by soccer used in the automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 25]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置におけるピックアップ ユニットで一枚の平版刷版を持ち上げた状態を示す要部概略説明図である。  FIG. 25 is a main part schematic explanatory view showing a state where one lithographic printing plate is lifted by a pickup unit in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 26]本発明の実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置で一枚づっ分離して 搬出する手順を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing a procedure for separating and carrying out one sheet at a time by the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention.
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0056] <第 1の実施形態 >  [0056] <First embodiment>
本発明の平版刷版の自動供給装置に関する実施の形態について図 1乃至図 9に より説明する。本実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置は、現在市販されて いる一般の平版刷版 (PS版)と比較して、平版刷版の表面に感光剤を塗布して形成 された感光面が外力に対し強く(20倍以上)、合紙の保護を必要としないフォトポリマ PS版である、 V、わゆる合紙無し平版刷版 (合紙無し PS版)を所定複数枚束にしたも のを装置内に装填し、枚葉供給装置で各平版刷版を 1枚づっ分離して搬出する送 給作業を可能に構成する。  An embodiment relating to an automatic feeder for a planographic printing plate according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. The lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the present embodiment is a photosensitive plate formed by applying a photosensitizer to the surface of a lithographic printing plate, compared to a general lithographic printing plate (PS plate) currently available on the market. Photopolymer PS plate that is strong against external force (more than 20 times) and does not require protection of interleaving paper, V, a planographic printing plate with no interleaving paper (PS plate without interleaving paper) in a predetermined bundle of multiple sheets It is configured to enable feeding work by loading the product into the machine and separating each lithographic printing plate one sheet at a time with a sheet feeder.
[0057] すなわち、この平版刷版の自動供給装置に用いる合紙無し平版刷版は、所定サイ ズの長方形の板状に形成された薄 、アルミニウム板である支持体上に、感光材料を 含有する感光剤を塗布して形成された記録層(画像記録層である感光面)を設けて 構成する。 [0057] That is, the interleaf-free lithographic printing plate used in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus is a predetermined size. A recording layer (photosensitive surface that is an image recording layer) formed by applying a photosensitive agent containing a photosensitive material is provided on a thin aluminum plate support formed in the shape of a rectangular plate. To do.
[0058] この平版刷版の自動供給装置に用いる合紙レス平版刷版として構成される平版刷 版は、例えば前述した図 9に示す平版刷版 10を利用できる。この平版刷版 10は、前 述したように、支持体である薄いアルミ-ユウム基板 12の表面上へ感光剤を層状に 塗布して感光層 14を構成し、さらに平版刷版 10 (PS版)の感光層 14表面に酸素に よる感光層 14の減感現像防止のためオーバーコート層 16を塗布し、外力に対し強 い特性 (例えば、通常の PS版の 20倍以上の強度特性)とし、その裏面 (感光層 14を 設けていない面)に、平版刷版 10を搬送する際に重なっている平版刷版 10同士が 密着しな 、ようにするための水ガラス製のバックコート層 18を設けたものである。  For example, the lithographic printing plate 10 shown in FIG. 9 described above can be used as the lithographic printing plate configured as an interleaf-free lithographic printing plate used in the automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus. As described above, the lithographic printing plate 10 comprises a photosensitive layer 14 formed by coating a photosensitive agent on the surface of a thin aluminum-umum substrate 12 as a support to form a photosensitive layer 14, and the lithographic printing plate 10 (PS plate). The surface of the photosensitive layer 14 is coated with an overcoat layer 16 to prevent desensitization development of the photosensitive layer 14 due to oxygen, so that the characteristics are strong against external forces (for example, 20 times the strength characteristics of ordinary PS plates). A back glass layer 18 made of water glass is used so that the lithographic printing plates 10 that are overlapped when the lithographic printing plate 10 is transported do not adhere to the back surface (the surface on which the photosensitive layer 14 is not provided). Is provided.
[0059] この平版刷版の自動供給装置に用いる合紙無しで束ねられる平版刷版 10は、これ を製造してカゝら所定複数枚の平版刷版を、合紙を廃止して、平版刷版の表面に当た る感光面 (感光剤面である Em面)に平版刷版の裏面に当たる(PS版アルミ面である Back面)を直接接触させる状態で積層して直方体の束にした状態で、運搬や保管を 行い、平版刷版の自動供給装置の内部へ遮光状態で供給し、この平版刷版の自動 供給装置の内部機構で平版刷版の母材であるアルミ面で感光面を擦りながら平版 刷版を 1枚づっ分離して搬出しても、傷や圧力カプリ等を生じないという特性を持つ  [0059] The lithographic printing plate 10 that is bundled without interleaving paper used in this lithographic printing plate automatic feeding device is manufactured, and a predetermined number of lithographic printing plates are produced and the interleaving paper is abolished. The photosensitive plate (Em surface, which is the photosensitive agent surface) that contacts the surface of the printing plate, and the back surface of the planographic printing plate (Back surface, which is the PS plate aluminum surface) are in direct contact with each other to form a bundle of rectangular solids. The lithographic printing plate is automatically supplied to the inside of the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device in a light-shielded state. The internal mechanism of this lithographic printing plate automatic supply device uses the aluminum surface that is the base material of the lithographic printing plate as the photosensitive surface. Scraping the lithographic printing plate one sheet at a time while rubbing it, it has the property of not causing scratches or pressure capri
[0060] 図 1及び図 2に示すように、この平版刷版の自動供給装置は、コンピュータ等のデ ジタルデータに基づ ヽてレーザ露光処理をし、自動現像機で平版刷版 10上に形成 された潜像を顕像に変換する現像処理をして直接印刷版を製版する CTP (Comput er to Plate)システムに装着して用いられる。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, this lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus performs laser exposure processing based on digital data of a computer or the like and puts it on the lithographic printing plate 10 by an automatic processor. It is used by being mounted on a CTP (Computer to Plate) system that directly develops a printing plate by converting the formed latent image into a visible image.
[0061] 図 1及び図 2に示すように、この CTPシステムは、合紙無しで所定複数枚積み重ね られた平版刷版 10の束が供給される自動供給装置 110と、この自動供給装置 110と 一体的に構成されて平版刷版 10の束から平版刷版 10 (PS版)を 1枚づっ分離して 供給する枚葉供給装置 112と、インナードラム露光装置 (モノゴンスキャナー) 114と 、ノッファ装置 116と、現像処理装置 118とを備える。 [0062] 図 3に示すように、この CTPシステムにおける自動供給装置 110は、その内部に枚 葉供給装置 112の要部の機構を配置して一体的に構成されている。この枚葉供給 装置 112を構成するため、自動供給装置 110の内部には、保管棚 144を設置する。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the CTP system includes an automatic supply device 110 to which a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked without a slip sheet is supplied, and the automatic supply device 110 A sheet feeding device 112, an inner drum exposure device (monogon scanner) 114, and a noffer, which are configured to be integrated and supplied separately from a bundle of the lithographic printing plates 10 to separate the lithographic printing plates 10 (PS plates). An apparatus 116 and a development processing apparatus 118 are provided. As shown in FIG. 3, the automatic supply device 110 in this CTP system is configured integrally by disposing a mechanism of a main part of the single-sheet supply device 112 therein. In order to configure the single-wafer supply device 112, a storage shelf 144 is installed inside the automatic supply device 110.
[0063] 図 2、図 3及び図 7に示すように、この保管棚 144は、自動供給装置 110の床面から インナードラム露光装置 114側の上部へかけて斜めに配置した支持台 160に、高さ 位置を調整可能なように棚部材 162を装着して構成する。さらに、支持台 160には、 平版刷版 10の束の左右側部をそれぞれガイドするため移動調整可能なガイド部材 1 61を装着する。  [0063] As shown in FIGS. 2, 3 and 7, the storage shelf 144 is mounted on a support stand 160 disposed obliquely from the floor surface of the automatic supply device 110 to the upper part on the inner drum exposure device 114 side. The shelf member 162 is mounted so that the height position can be adjusted. Furthermore, a guide member 161 that can be moved and adjusted to guide the left and right sides of the bundle of planographic printing plates 10 is mounted on the support base 160.
[0064] このように構成した場合には、保管棚 144を水平に配置する場合と比較して自動供 給装置 110の水平方向の大きさを削減して装置の小型化を図ることができる。  [0064] When configured in this manner, the size of the automatic supply device 110 in the horizontal direction can be reduced and the size of the device can be reduced as compared with the case where the storage shelf 144 is arranged horizontally.
[0065] このように構成した保管棚 144に、合紙無しで所定複数枚積み重ねられた平版刷 版 10の束を載置するには、図 2及び図 3に示すように、この束の搬送方向上流側端 部を棚部材 162の上に載せ、この束の左右側部にそれぞれガイド部材 161を沿わせ た状態で支持台 160の表面に斜めに持たせ掛けるようにして載置する。  [0065] In order to place a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked on the storage shelf 144 configured as described above without interleaving paper, as shown in Figs. The upstream end in the direction is placed on the shelf member 162, and the guide member 161 is placed along the left and right sides of the bundle, and is placed so as to be obliquely held on the surface of the support base 160.
[0066] 図 2乃至図 6に示すように、この枚葉供給装置 112には、保管棚 144の上側の位置 に、図示しない操作装置でピックアップ位置と退避位置との間を移動操作される、搬 出部としての搬出用ローラ(ピックアップローラ) 146を装着する。  [0066] As shown in Figs. 2 to 6, the single-wafer supply device 112 is moved to a position above the storage shelf 144 between a pickup position and a retracted position by an operating device (not shown). Mount the unloading roller (pickup roller) 146 as the unloading section.
[0067] この搬出用ローラ 146は、平版刷版 10の幅方向中央部の所定長さ範囲に渡って 転接するよう、回転軸方向の長さを所定の短い寸法に形成する。なお、この搬出用口 ーラ 146は、平版刷版 10の幅方向全幅若しくはそれ以上の長さに構成し、又は複数 に分割して構成しても良い。  The carry-out roller 146 is formed to have a predetermined short dimension in the rotation axis direction so as to make rolling contact over a predetermined length range at the center portion in the width direction of the planographic printing plate 10. The unloading roller 146 may be configured to have a full width in the width direction of the planographic printing plate 10 or a length longer than that, or may be divided into a plurality of parts.
[0068] この搬出用ローラ 146は、回転駆動軸 147に固着して配置し、図示しない駆動源と しての駆動モータ機構で回転駆動軸 147を回転駆動することにより回動操作される。  The carry-out roller 146 is fixedly disposed on the rotation drive shaft 147, and is rotated by rotating the rotation drive shaft 147 with a drive motor mechanism as a drive source (not shown).
[0069] また、この枚葉供給装置 112には、保管棚 144に載置されている平版刷版 10の束 における最も表面側に位置する搬出されるべき平版刷版 10を捌くための捌き操作部 を装着する。  [0069] Further, in this sheet feeding device 112, a rolling operation for spreading the lithographic printing plate 10 to be carried out located on the most surface side in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 144 is carried out. Wear the part.
[0070] 図 4又は図 5に示すように、この捌き操作部は、吸盤装置 164で保管棚 144に載置 されている最上部の平版刷版 10における上端近くの部分 (搬送方向下流側端部近 傍)に吸着し、この吸着した平版刷版 10を垂直に立てる方向に移動させて平版刷版 10の束の第 2番目の平版刷版 10から引き離し、搬出する第 1番目の平版刷版 10と 第 2番目の平版刷版 10との間に所定間隔の空間を作ることによって空気を導入して これらの間の真空密着状態を解消し、さらに搬送抵抗力低減部材 166を、搬出する 第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10との間の空間内に挿入可能な状態 とする捌き位置へ移動操作する捌き動作を行うように構成する。 [0070] As shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5, this squeezing operation section is a portion near the upper end of the uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 placed on the storage shelf 144 by the suction cup device 164 (the downstream end in the transport direction). Close The first lithographic printing plate 10 that is separated from the second lithographic printing plate 10 in a bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 and moved out. And a second lithographic printing plate 10 to create a space of a predetermined distance, thereby introducing air to eliminate the vacuum contact state between them, and further carrying out the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 first. It is configured so as to perform a rolling operation of moving to a separating position where it can be inserted into the space between the second lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10.
[0071] さらに、この捌き操作部は、第 1番目の平版刷版 10を引き上げる捌き動作に続けて 、捌き位置にある第 1番目の平版刷版 10に対する吸盤装置 164の吸着を解除して 第 1番目の平版刷版 10を自重で第 2番目の平版刷版 10上へ落下させる捌き解除動 作を行うように構成する。  [0071] Further, following the whirling operation of pulling up the first lithographic printing plate 10, the squeezing operation unit releases the suction of the suction cup device 164 to the first lithographic printing plate 10 at the squeezing position. The first lithographic printing plate 10 is configured so as to perform a squeeze release operation by dropping the first lithographic printing plate 10 onto the second lithographic printing plate 10 by its own weight.
[0072] また、この捌き操作部は、その第 1番目の平版刷版 10を引き上げる捌き動作に連 動して搬出用ローラ 146を図 5に例示する待避位置へ移動し、第 1番目の平版刷版 1 0を落下させる捌き解除動作に連動して搬出用ローラ 146を第 1番目の平版刷版 10 の上面に圧接させる搬送操作状態 (ピックアップ位置に復帰した状態)に復帰させる ように構成する。  [0072] In addition, the rolling operation unit moves the unloading roller 146 to the retracted position illustrated in FIG. 5 in conjunction with the rolling operation of pulling up the first lithographic printing plate 10, and the first lithographic plate. It is configured to return to the transfer operation state (returned to the pickup position) in which the carry-out roller 146 is pressed against the upper surface of the first planographic printing plate 10 in conjunction with the rolling release operation that drops the plate 10 .
[0073] この搬送抵抗力低減部材 166は、平版刷版 10の裏面に対して摺動摩擦抵抗が小 さい材料 (テフロン (登録商標)、ナイロン、 PC、 PET等)を、所定厚さのシート状又は 薄板状に形成して用いる。  [0073] This conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is made of a material (Teflon (registered trademark), nylon, PC, PET, etc.) having a small sliding friction resistance with respect to the back surface of the planographic printing plate 10 in a sheet shape having a predetermined thickness. Or, use it in the form of a thin plate.
[0074] さらに、この搬送抵抗力低減部材 166は、搬出用ローラ 146が一番表面にある第 1 番目の平版刷版 10上に圧接したときに第 2番目の平版刷版 10表面に圧接力が働き 、摺動摩擦抵抗を問題となるまで増カロさせる部分を内包する範囲 (カバーする範囲) 以上の大きさに形成する。  [0074] Further, this conveyance resistance reducing member 166 has a pressure contact force on the surface of the second planographic printing plate 10 when the carry-out roller 146 is pressed on the first planographic printing plate 10 on the top surface. It is formed in a size larger than the range (covering range) including the portion that increases the sliding friction resistance until it becomes a problem.
[0075] また、この搬送抵抗力低減部材 166は、平版刷版 10の全幅に渡る大きさに形成し 又は複数のピースに分割して所要間隔を開けて平版刷版 10の全幅に渡るように配 置できるように構成しても良 、。  Further, the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is formed to have a size over the entire width of the lithographic printing plate 10 or divided into a plurality of pieces so as to extend over the entire width of the lithographic printing plate 10 with a predetermined interval. It may be configured so that it can be placed.
[0076] さらに、この搬送抵抗力低減部材 166は、搬送抵抗力低減部材 166の上に被さつ た第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10との間に、真空密着を防止できる 大きさの空間を形成し若しくは第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10との 間に、静電気による吸着を防止できる大きさの空間を形成できるように、その厚さを設 定して構成しても良い。 Further, the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is a vacuum between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 which are covered on the conveyance resistance reducing member 166. Form a space large enough to prevent adhesion, or the first planographic printing plate 10 and the second planographic printing plate 10 The thickness may be set so that a space having a size capable of preventing adsorption due to static electricity can be formed therebetween.
[0077] この搬送抵抗力低減部材 166は、図示しない入出操作部によって、第 1番目の平 版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10との間に使用状態に挿入し又はこれらの間から 待機位置へ引き出すよう操作される。  [0077] The conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is inserted between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 by a loading / unloading operation unit (not shown) or between them. To be pulled out to the standby position.
[0078] この入出操作部を、例えば図 4に示すように搬送抵抗力低減部材 166を直線的に 移動操作する場合には、前述した図 5に示すように第 1番目の平版刷版 10を引き上 げて捌き位置へ移動操作した状態で、搬送抵抗力低減部材 166を直線的に移動し て図 4に想像線で示す使用状態に挿入する。  For example, when the transfer resistance reducing member 166 is linearly moved as shown in FIG. 4, the first lithographic printing plate 10 is moved as shown in FIG. With the pulling up and moving operation to the rolling position, the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is linearly moved and inserted into the usage state indicated by the imaginary line in FIG.
[0079] さらに、この入出操作部は、搬出用ローラ 146が平版刷版 10に転接して、これを搬 送ベルト巻き掛け機構へ搬出する動作を終えて搬出されている第 1番目の平版刷版 10から引き上げられた後に、搬送抵抗力低減部材 166を図 4に実線で示す、最上位 の平版刷版と、その下の平版刷版との間カゝら離脱した待機位置へ移動する。  [0079] Further, this loading / unloading operation section is the first lithographic printing plate that has been unloaded after the operation of unloading the unloading roller 146 to the planographic printing plate 10 and unloading it to the transport belt winding mechanism is completed. After being lifted from the plate 10, the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is moved to a standby position separated from the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below it, as indicated by a solid line in FIG.
[0080] また、この入出操作部は、例えば図 5及び図 6に示すように、搬送抵抗力低減部材 166を回転動作によって移動操作するように構成しても良い。この場合には、回転軸 部材 168の先端に搬送抵抗力低減部材 166の端部中央を固着し、回転軸部材 168 を回動操作することによって、図 5に想像線で示す使用状態と、図 5に実線で示す待 機位置へと移動操作可能に構成する。  Further, this entry / exit operation unit may be configured to move and operate the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 by a rotation operation, as shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, for example. In this case, by fixing the center of the end of the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 to the tip of the rotating shaft member 168 and rotating the rotating shaft member 168, the use state shown in FIG. It can be moved to the standby position indicated by the solid line in Fig. 5.
[0081] このように構成した入出操作部では、図 5に示すように第 1番目の平版刷版 10を引 き上げて捌き位置へ移動操作した状態で、回転軸部材 168を所定角度回動すること により搬送抵抗力低減部材 166を回動して図 5に想像線で示す(図 6に実線で示す) 使用状態に挿入する。  In the loading / unloading operation unit configured as described above, the rotary shaft member 168 is rotated by a predetermined angle while the first lithographic printing plate 10 is pulled up and moved to the scooping position as shown in FIG. As a result, the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is rotated and inserted into the use state shown by the imaginary line in FIG. 5 (shown by the solid line in FIG. 6).
[0082] さらに、この入出操作部は、搬出用ローラ 146が平版刷版 10に転接して、これを搬 送ベルト巻き掛け機構へ搬出する動作を終えて搬出されている第 1番目の平版刷版 10から引き上げられた後に、回転軸部材 168を所定角度回動することにより搬送抵 抗カ低減部材 166を図 5に実線で示す待機位置へ移動する。  [0082] Further, the loading / unloading operation section is configured such that the unloading roller 146 is brought into rolling contact with the planographic printing plate 10, and the operation of unloading the unrolled roller 146 to the transport belt winding mechanism is completed, and the first planographic printing plate is unloaded After being lifted from the plate 10, the rotary shaft member 168 is rotated by a predetermined angle to move the transport resistance reducing member 166 to a standby position indicated by a solid line in FIG.
[0083] 図 4乃至図 6に示すように、この枚葉供給装置 112では、搬送抵抗力低減部材 166 を静電気を通す材料 (例えば、 V、わゆる制電グレードのもの又はカーボンを静電気を 導通させ得る量添加したプラスチック若しくは榭脂材料)で形成し、アース線 170を介 して電気的に接地することにより、保管棚 144に載置された平版刷版 10の束カも静 電気を逃がして、第 1番目の平版刷版 10が静電気で第 2番目の平版刷版 10に吸着 して搬送抵抗が増加することを防止する。 [0083] As shown in Figs. 4 to 6, in this single-wafer feeding device 112, a material that conducts static electricity through the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 (for example, V, a material of antistatic grade, or carbon is charged with static electricity). The bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 144 can be electrostatically grounded by being electrically grounded via the ground wire 170. This prevents the first lithographic printing plate 10 from adsorbing to the second lithographic printing plate 10 due to static electricity and increasing the transport resistance.
[0084] 上述のように構成した枚葉供給装置 112では、保管棚 144に載置された平版刷版 10の束の 1番上にある第 1の平版刷版 10を、 1枚だけ分離して搬送ベルト巻き掛け 機構へ送給する動作を行う際に、まず、捌き操作部によって、束の 1番上にある平版 刷版 10だけを捌き位置に移動し、入出操作部によって搬送抵抗力低減部材 166を 第 2番目の平版刷版 10上にのる使用状態にセットする。次に、この枚葉供給装置 11 2では、捌き操作部を捌き解除動作させることによって、第 1番目の平版刷版 10が搬 送抵抗力低減部材 166を介して第 2番目の平版刷版 10上にのる状態とする。  [0084] In the sheet feeding device 112 configured as described above, only the first lithographic printing plate 10 on the top of the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 144 is separated. When carrying out the feeding operation to the conveyor belt wrapping mechanism, first, only the lithographic printing plate 10 at the top of the bundle is moved to the rolling position by the rolling operation unit, and the conveyance resistance is reduced by the loading / unloading operation unit. Set member 166 in use for the second planographic printing plate 10. Next, in the sheet feeding device 112, the first lithographic printing plate 10 is moved through the transport resistance reducing member 166 by causing the squeezing operation section to perform a squeezing release operation. It is assumed that it is on the top.
[0085] この枚葉供給装置 112では上述した一連の動作により、第 1番目の平版刷版 10と 第 2番目の平版刷版 10との間の空間に空気が入り、その後第 1番目の平版刷版 10 が第 2番目の平版刷版 10上に降下する動作に伴って空間内の空気が第 1番目の平 版刷版 10の裏面全面に行き渡り第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10と の間の真空密着状態を解除して、真空密着に起因して発生する搬送抵抗を削減す る。  In this sheet feeding device 112, air enters the space between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 by the series of operations described above, and then the first lithographic printing plate. As the printing plate 10 descends onto the second lithographic printing plate 10, the air in the space spreads over the entire back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the first lithographic printing plates 10 and 2 Release the vacuum contact state with the second lithographic printing plate 10 to reduce the transport resistance caused by the vacuum contact.
[0086] さらに、この枚葉供給装置 112では、第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷 版 10との間に搬送抵抗力低減部材 166が挟まって搬送抵抗力低減部材 166の周 囲の空間に空気が入っている状態を保持できるので、平版刷版 10を搬出用ローラ 1 Furthermore, in this sheet feeding device 112, the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is sandwiched between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10, and the conveyance resistance reduction member 166 Since the air can be kept in the surrounding space, the lithographic printing plate 10 can be transferred to the unloading roller 1
46で搬出する際に、第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10との間が密接 して真空密着の状態になることを防止できると共に、平版刷版 10同志が摺接して生 じる搬送抵抗を低減できる。 When unloading at 46, it is possible to prevent the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 from being in close contact with each other and to be in a vacuum contact state. The conveyance resistance caused by contact can be reduced.
[0087] また、この枚葉供給装置 112では、第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 1 0との間に挟まった搬送抵抗力低減部材 166がアース線 170を介して接地されてい るので、低湿環境に置かれた平版刷版 10の束に帯電された静電気を第 1番目の平 版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10との部分にある搬送抵抗力低減部材 166を通じ て逃がすことで静電気による吸着力の影響を軽減させ、平版刷版 10の搬送抵抗を 低減させることができる。 In this sheet feeding device 112, the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 sandwiched between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 is provided via the ground wire 170. Because it is grounded, the static electricity charged in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed in a low-humidity environment can be transported by the resistance of the conveyance between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10. Eliminating through the reducing member 166 reduces the effect of electrostatic attraction and reduces the transport resistance of the lithographic printing plate 10 Can be reduced.
[0088] さらに、この枚葉供給装置 112では、第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷 版 10との間に搬送抵抗力低減部材 166を挟み込ませることで、搬送抵抗力低減部 材 166の周囲に空間ができるように離間した状態を作り静電気の影響を軽減させ、 搬送抵抗を低減させることができる。  [0088] Further, in this sheet feeding device 112, the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 is sandwiched between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10, thereby reducing the conveyance resistance. It is possible to create a separated state so as to create a space around the member 166, reduce the influence of static electricity, and reduce the conveyance resistance.
[0089] 次に、この枚葉供給装置 112では、第 1番目の平版刷版 10の捌き解除動作に連動 して搬出用ローラ 146を第 1番目の平版刷版 10の上面に圧接させる搬送操作状態( ピックアップ位置に復帰した状態)に復帰させてから、搬出用ローラ 146を図示しない 駆動モータ機構で回動することにより、搬出用ローラ 146を平版刷版 10の束の 1番 上にある平版刷版 10上を転動させて、 1枚だけを分離し搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構へ 送給する。  Next, in the sheet feeding device 112, a conveying operation for bringing the unloading roller 146 into pressure contact with the upper surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 in conjunction with the rolling release operation of the first lithographic printing plate 10. After returning to the state (returned to the pickup position), the unloading roller 146 is rotated by a drive motor mechanism (not shown) so that the unloading roller 146 is placed on the top of the lithographic printing plate 10 bundle. Roll on the plate 10 to separate only one and feed it to the conveyor belt winding mechanism.
[0090] この枚葉供給装置 112では、搬出用ローラ 146により平版刷版 10を搬出する動作 の際に、搬出用ローラ 146の押圧力が働く範囲の第 1番目の平版刷版 10の裏面に、 搬送抵抗力低減部材 166が摺接することになる。  In this sheet feeding device 112, when the lithographic printing plate 10 is carried out by the carrying-out roller 146, the sheet feeding device 112 is placed on the back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 in the range where the pressing force of the carrying-out roller 146 is applied. The conveyance resistance reducing member 166 comes into sliding contact.
[0091] このため、第 1番目の平版刷版 10を搬出する動作では、平版刷版 10の裏面が摩 擦係数の小さな搬送抵抗力低減部材 166上を摺動するときの小さな摩擦抵抗が主 に搬送抵抗となるので、第 1番目の平版刷版 10を搬出するためにローラピック方式 に構成された搬出用ローラ 146に必要とされる所定の搬送力を小さくできる。  Therefore, in the operation of carrying out the first lithographic printing plate 10, the small frictional resistance when the back surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 slides on the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 having a small friction coefficient is mainly used. Therefore, the predetermined conveying force required for the unloading roller 146 configured in the roller pick method for unloading the first lithographic printing plate 10 can be reduced.
[0092] 特に、枚葉供給装置 112では、高湿環境下で使用する場合に、束ねられた平版刷 版 10におけるオーバーコート層 16が水分を含むと、その上に積層された平版刷版 1 0裏面に対する接着力が増加して摩擦係数値が増大するため、平版刷版 10の水分 を含んで摩擦係数が増大したオーバーコート層 16上に直接平版刷版 10の裏面を摺 接させて搬出しょうとすると、搬送抵抗が極めて大きくなる。  [0092] In particular, in the sheet feeding device 112, when the overcoat layer 16 in the bundled lithographic printing plate 10 contains moisture when used in a high humidity environment, the lithographic printing plate 1 laminated thereon is used. 0 Since the adhesive force to the back surface increases and the friction coefficient value increases, the back surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 is slid directly onto the overcoat layer 16 containing the moisture of the lithographic printing plate 10 and the friction coefficient is increased. If it tries to do, conveyance resistance will become very large.
[0093] 例えば、平版刷版 10のオーバーコート層 16と、平版刷版 10の裏面との間の摩擦 係数値 )は、通常の湿度環境 (常湿環境)から高湿環境に変化する場合に、常湿 環境の時の摩擦係数 ) =約 0. 45であるのに対し、高湿環境での摩擦係数 ) =約 1. 45となって上昇し、高湿環境での摩擦抵抗が大幅に増大する。(ただし、摩 擦係数 ) =搬送抵抗 ップ力で算出した) そこで、平版刷版 10のオーバーコート層 16と、その上に配置された平版刷版 10と の間に、搬送抵抗力低減部材 166を介在させることにより、搬出される平版刷版 10 の裏面を摩擦係数の低い搬送抵抗力低減部材 166上を摺動させることにより搬送抵 抗を低く抑え、高湿環境での平版刷版 10間の摩擦抵抗の増大を防ぎ、常に搬出用 ローラ 146が所定の低い-ップ力と低い駆動力で平版刷版 10を搬送可能とできる。 [0093] For example, the friction coefficient value between the overcoat layer 16 of the lithographic printing plate 10 and the back surface of the lithographic printing plate 10) changes from a normal humidity environment (normal humidity environment) to a high humidity environment. Friction coefficient in normal humidity environment) = approx. 0.45, while friction coefficient in high humidity environment) increases to approx. 1.45, greatly increasing the friction resistance in high humidity environment Increase. (However, friction coefficient) = Calculated by the transfer resistance and the force) Therefore, by interposing the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 between the overcoat layer 16 of the lithographic printing plate 10 and the lithographic printing plate 10 disposed thereon, the reverse side of the lithographic printing plate 10 to be transported is removed. The sliding resistance reducing member 166 with a low friction coefficient is slid on the 166 to suppress the transportation resistance to a low level and prevent an increase in the frictional resistance between the lithographic printing plates 10 in a high humidity environment. The planographic printing plate 10 can be transported with a low-up force and a low driving force.
[0094] よって、前述した真空密着を解除して搬送抵抗を低減する効果、静電気で吸着す ることを抑制して搬送抵抗を低減する効果及び搬送抵抗力低減部材 166上を平版 刷版 10が摺動するようにして低 ヽ搬送抵抗で搬出可能とする効果と相俟って、この 平版刷版 10を搬出するローラピック方式に構成された搬出用ローラ 146では、平版 刷版 10に圧接するための-ップカを低く設定し、搬出用ローラ 146を回動する回転 駆動力を低減できるので、搬出用ローラ 146の駆動源として小さな駆動モータを使用 でき、より少ないスペースに収めて小型化が可能であり、設計レイアウトを容易にでき 、さらに小型で低出力の廉価な駆動モータを使用し、搬出用ローラ 146を平版刷版 1 0に圧接させるための-ップカを付与する機構を、低いニップ力に見合った剛性を持 つよう簡素化することにより、廉価な製品を提供できる。  Therefore, the effect of reducing the conveyance resistance by releasing the above-described vacuum adhesion, the effect of reducing the conveyance resistance by suppressing adsorption by static electricity, and the planographic printing plate 10 on the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 are Combined with the effect of being able to slide and transport with low sheet transport resistance, the unloading roller 146 configured in a roller pick system for unloading the lithographic printing plate 10 is pressed against the lithographic printing plate 10. Because the rotation driving force that rotates the unloading roller 146 can be reduced, a small drive motor can be used as the drive source for the unloading roller 146, and it is possible to reduce the size in a smaller space. The design layout can be simplified, and a low-priced drive motor with a small size and low output is used, and a mechanism for providing a pusher to press the unloading roller 146 against the planographic printing plate 10 has a low nip force. Go which is suitable for By simplifying lifting Tsuyo and can provide inexpensive products.
[0095] 上述のように構成された枚葉供給装置 112は、搬出用ローラ 146により保管棚 144 に載置された平版刷版 10の束の 1番上にある平版刷版 10だけを分離し搬送ベルト 巻き掛け機構へ送給する。  The sheet feeding device 112 configured as described above separates only the lithographic printing plate 10 on the top of the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 144 by the carry-out roller 146. Conveyor belt Feeds to the winding mechanism.
[0096] この搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構には、各平版刷版 10を保管棚 144からインナードラム 露光装置 114まで搬送するために、主搬送ベルト 148を張架した主搬送ベルト巻き 掛け機構 150と、副搬送ベルト 152を張架した副搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 154とを設 置する。  [0096] This transport belt winding mechanism includes a main transport belt winding mechanism 150 that stretches a main transport belt 148 in order to transport each lithographic printing plate 10 from the storage shelf 144 to the inner drum exposure device 114, and A sub-conveying belt winding mechanism 154 is installed that stretches the sub-conveying belt 152.
[0097] この主搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 150は、保管棚 144上部に当たる平版刷版 10の搬 入位置から、インナードラム露光装置 114への搬出位置との間に搬送ベルト 148を 張架して搬送路を構成する。  [0097] This main transport belt winding mechanism 150 transports the transport belt 148 in a stretched manner between the transport position of the lithographic printing plate 10 that hits the upper part of the storage shelf 144 and the transport position to the inner drum exposure device 114. Configure the road.
[0098] また、副搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 154は、主搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 150における 主搬送ベルト 148の下側に設定される搬送路の一部を共用して搬送中の平版刷版 1Further, the sub-transport belt winding mechanism 154 shares a part of the transport path set on the lower side of the main transport belt 148 in the main transport belt winding mechanism 150 to share the planographic printing plate 1 being transported.
0が脱落することを防止するよう構成する。 [0099] このため、副搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 154は、主搬送ベルト 148における、保管棚 144から搬出された各平版刷版 10の先端が突き当てられるガイド範囲より搬送方向 下流側の中間ローラ 156から、主搬送ベルト 148の下側に設定される搬送路の出口 に近い中間ローラ 158の区間で、主搬送ベルト 148と畐 IJ搬送ベルト 152と力 S添うよう になって走行するよう巻き掛けて構成する。 Configure to prevent 0 dropping out. For this reason, the sub-transport belt winding mechanism 154 has an intermediate roller 156 on the downstream side in the transport direction from the guide range of the main transport belt 148 against which the front end of each lithographic printing plate 10 transported from the storage shelf 144 is abutted. From the intermediate conveyance roller 158 near the exit of the conveyance path set on the lower side of the main conveyance belt 148, so that the main conveyance belt 148 and the IJ conveyance belt 152 and the force S are wound so as to travel. Constitute.
[0100] 上述のように構成された枚葉供給装置 112を備えた自動供給装置 110に合紙無し で所定複数枚積み重ねられた平版刷版 10の束を装填する場合には、図示しな ヽが 、作業者が、暗室中で、包装材で包装されている平版刷版 10の束を外箱から取り出 して用意する。  [0100] When a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked with a predetermined number of sheets without interleaving paper is loaded into the automatic feeding device 110 including the sheet feeding device 112 configured as described above, it is not illustrated. However, an operator prepares a bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 packed in packaging material by removing them from the outer box in a dark room.
[0101] 次に、作業者は、暗室中で自動供給装置 110の扉 142を開け、その内部に斜めに 配置した保管棚 144上に平版刷版 10の束を置いて、扉 142を閉じて遮光し、自動供 給装置 110内を暗室とする。  [0101] Next, the operator opens the door 142 of the automatic feeder 110 in a dark room, places a bundle of the planographic printing plates 10 on the storage shelf 144 arranged obliquely, and closes the door 142. The light is shielded, and the inside of the automatic feeder 110 is a dark room.
[0102] 次に、合紙無しで所定複数枚積み重ねられた平版刷版 10の束が保管棚 144に装 填された自動供給装置 110内の枚葉供給装置 112では、図 2及び図 3に示すように 、最上位に位置する平版刷版 10に、前述したように搬出用ローラ 146を転接させて、 各平版刷版 10を搬出させる動作を行 、各平版刷版 10を順次搬出し、主搬送ベルト 巻き掛け機構 150へ送給する。  [0102] Next, in the sheet feeding device 112 in the automatic feeding device 110 in which a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked without a slip sheet is loaded on the storage shelf 144, FIG. 2 and FIG. As shown in the figure, the lithographic printing plate 10 located at the uppermost position is brought into contact with the unloading roller 146 as described above to carry out the lithographic printing plate 10, and the lithographic printing plate 10 is sequentially carried out. The main transport belt is fed to the winding mechanism 150.
[0103] この主搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 150では、搬出用ローラ 146によって 1枚だけ分離 されて搬出された平版刷版 10の先端が、主搬送ベルト 148における先端の第 1ロー ラ 151と中間ローラ 156との間に張架された部分に相当するガイド範囲 148Aに当た り、主搬送ベルト 148の走行動作に従って中間ローラ 156側へ搬送される。  In this main transport belt winding mechanism 150, the leading end of the lithographic printing plate 10 separated and transported by the unloading roller 146 is the first roller 151 and the intermediate roller at the leading end of the main transport belt 148. In the guide range 148A corresponding to the portion stretched between the belt and the belt 156, it is conveyed to the intermediate roller 156 side according to the traveling operation of the main conveyance belt 148.
[0104] この枚葉供給装置 112では、搬出用ローラ 146によって搬出された平版刷版 10の 先端が、ガイド範囲 148Aに張架されている主搬送ベルト 148に当たり、主搬送ベル ト 148が弾力的に容易に変形して平版刷版 10に衝撃を与えないように受けると共に 、平版刷版 10の先端が当たった部分の主搬送ベルト 148が略への字状に変形し、 平版刷版 10が橈んでその先端部が中間ローラ 156の位置で主搬送ベルト 148と副 搬送ベルト 152との間にスムーズに挟み込まれるようにできる。このように平版刷版 1 0は、その先端が主搬送ベルト 148に当たったときに、弾力的に柔ら力べ受けられるの で、感光層 14を形成する感光面に外傷を受けな 、ようにできる。 [0104] In this sheet feeding device 112, the leading end of the lithographic printing plate 10 unloaded by the unloading roller 146 hits the main conveying belt 148 stretched over the guide range 148A, and the main conveying belt 148 is elastic. The lithographic printing plate 10 is easily deformed so as not to give an impact to the lithographic printing plate 10, and the main conveying belt 148 of the portion of the lithographic printing plate 10 hit by the tip is deformed into a substantially letter shape, It is possible to smoothly squeeze the front end of the intermediate roller 156 between the main transport belt 148 and the sub transport belt 152. In this way, the lithographic printing plate 10 can be elastically and flexibly received when its leading edge hits the main conveyor belt 148. Thus, the photosensitive surface on which the photosensitive layer 14 is formed can be prevented from being damaged.
[0105] また、この枚葉供給装置 112では、平版刷版 10の束力も何枚目の平版刷版 10を 搬出する場合であっても、搬出用ローラ 146が転接して引き上げられる平版刷版 10 の先端が必ずガイド範囲 148A内で主搬送ベルト 148に当たるようにし適切に搬出 できる。 [0105] Further, in this sheet feeding device 112, the lithographic printing plate in which the unloading roller 146 is rolled up and pulled up even when the lithographic printing plate 10 is unloaded even when the lithographic printing plate 10 is bundled. The tip of 10 must be in contact with the main conveyor belt 148 within the guide range 148A so that it can be properly transported.
[0106] よって、この枚葉供給装置 112では、平版刷版 10の束力も平版刷版 10が引き出さ れる毎に、その引き出し位置が変わっても適切に搬出できるから、保管棚 144に平版 刷版 10の引き出し位置を調整するための複雑な装置を設ける必要がないので、構 成を簡素化し、装置を小型化することができる。  Therefore, in this sheet feeding device 112, the bundle force of the lithographic printing plate 10 can be appropriately carried out even if the drawing position changes every time the lithographic printing plate 10 is pulled out, so that the lithographic printing plate is stored in the storage shelf 144. Since it is not necessary to provide a complicated device for adjusting the ten drawer positions, the configuration can be simplified and the device can be downsized.
[0107] そして、先端を主搬送ベルト 148にガイドされた平版刷版 10は、中間ローラ 156の 位置で、主搬送ベルト 148と副搬送ベルト 152との間に挟み込まれて挟持された状 態で搬送路上を搬送され、出口に近い中間ローラ 158の位置で挟持状態を開放さ れ、インナードラム露光装置 114へ搬入される。  Then, the lithographic printing plate 10 whose leading end is guided by the main transport belt 148 is sandwiched between the main transport belt 148 and the sub transport belt 152 at the position of the intermediate roller 156. It is transported on the transport path, the nipping state is released at the position of the intermediate roller 158 near the exit, and it is carried into the inner drum exposure device 114.
[0108] この CTPシステムにおけるインナードラム露光装置 114は、円弧内周面形状(円筒 内周面の一部を構成する形状)の支持体 134を母体として構成されており、この支持 体 134の内周面に沿って平版刷版 10を支持するようになっている。  [0108] The inner drum exposure apparatus 114 in this CTP system is configured with a support body 134 having an arc inner peripheral surface shape (a shape constituting a part of the cylindrical inner peripheral surface) as a base body. The planographic printing plate 10 is supported along the circumferential surface.
[0109] このインナードラム露光装置 114では、図示しない真空吸着部によって、未記録の 記録媒体である平版刷版 10を支持体 134の内周面に確実に密着させて沿わせた状 態に保持してから露光処理を行う。  In this inner drum exposure apparatus 114, the lithographic printing plate 10, which is an unrecorded recording medium, is held in a state of being in close contact with the inner peripheral surface of the support 134 by a vacuum suction unit (not shown). Then, an exposure process is performed.
[0110] このインナードラム露光装置 114では、支持体 134の円弧中心位置に、光ビーム偏 向器としてのスピナ一ミラー装置 136を配設する。このスピナ一ミラー装置 136は、反 射鏡部材 (スピナ一ミラー) 138を頂面に配置した回転軸 140を、図示しない制御装 置のスピナ一ドライバによって回転制御がされる駆動源としてのモータによって高速 回転可能に構成する。このスピナ一ミラー装置 136では、回転軸 140の回転中心軸 を支持体 134の円弧中心軸と一致するように構成する。  In this inner drum exposure apparatus 114, a spinner mirror device 136 as a light beam deflector is disposed at the center of the arc of the support 134. This spinner mirror device 136 has a rotary shaft 140 having a reflector member (spinner mirror) 138 arranged on the top surface by a motor as a drive source whose rotation is controlled by a spinner driver of a control device (not shown). Configure for high-speed rotation. The spinner mirror device 136 is configured such that the rotation center axis of the rotation shaft 140 coincides with the arc center axis of the support 134.
[0111] このスピナ一ミラー装置 136では、光源側の光学系から投射された光ビームを、回 動する反射鏡部材 138の反射鏡面に反射させて平版刷版 10の感光面に対して主 走査方向への走査露光を行う。 [0112] このスピナ一ミラー装置 136は、図示しない副走査移動部によって、支持体 134の 円弧中心軸の軸線方向(図 2の表面から裏面に貫通する方向)に等速度で移動制御 されることにより副走査する。 In this spinner mirror device 136, the light beam projected from the optical system on the light source side is reflected by the reflecting mirror surface of the rotating reflecting mirror member 138 to perform main scanning with respect to the photosensitive surface of the lithographic printing plate 10. Scan exposure in the direction is performed. [0112] The spinner mirror device 136 is controlled to move at a constant speed in the axial direction of the center axis of the arc of the support 134 (direction penetrating from the front surface to the back surface in Fig. 2) by a sub-scanning moving unit (not shown). Sub-scanning is performed.
[0113] このためスピナ一ミラー装置 136では、制御装置のスピナ一ドライバによって、その モータの回転制御がされると共に、図示しない副走査移動部により副走査方向に移 動制御される。 For this reason, in the spinner mirror device 136, the rotation of the motor is controlled by the spinner driver of the control device, and the movement is controlled in the sub-scanning direction by a sub-scanning moving unit (not shown).
[0114] このように構成されたスピナ一ミラー装置 136は、光源側の光学系から投射され画 像情報に応じて変調された光ビームを、回動する反射鏡部材 138の反射鏡面に反 射させて主走査方向への走査露光を行いながら、スピナ一ミラー装置 136を副走査 方向へ移動することによって、平版刷版 10の記録面全面に対して 2次元の画像を記 録する処理を行う。  The spinner mirror device 136 configured as described above reflects the light beam projected from the optical system on the light source side and modulated in accordance with the image information onto the reflecting mirror surface of the rotating reflecting mirror member 138. The two-dimensional image is recorded on the entire recording surface of the planographic printing plate 10 by moving the spinner mirror device 136 in the sub-scanning direction while performing scanning exposure in the main scanning direction. .
[0115] この CTPシステムに設けるバッファ装置 116は、インナードラム露光装置 114で露 光処理された平版刷版 10を、搬送速度を調整することによって所要のタイミングで現 像処理装置 118へ搬入する機能を有する。  [0115] The buffer device 116 provided in this CTP system is a function for carrying the lithographic printing plate 10 exposed by the inner drum exposure device 114 to the image processing device 118 at a required timing by adjusting the conveyance speed. Have
[0116] 現像処理装置 118は、搬入されて来た露光済の平版刷版 10に対する現像処理を 行って潜像を顕像化して印刷版を製版する。 [0116] The development processing device 118 performs a development process on the exposed lithographic printing plate 10 that has been carried in, visualizes the latent image, and makes a printing plate.
[0117] 次に、 CTPシステムにおける枚葉供給装置 112に係わる他の構成例について、図[0117] Next, another configuration example related to the sheet feeding device 112 in the CTP system will be described.
8により説明する。 This will be explained by 8.
[0118] 図 8に示すものでは、合紙無しで所定複数枚積み重ねられた平版刷版 10の束を遮 光力セット 200内に収納した状態で自動供給装置 110へ供給するよう構成する。この 遮光カセット 200は、矩形箱状の下ケース 204における開放された上部に、これより 一回り大き 、形状に形成した上ケース 202を被せて、遮光状態に密閉可能に構成す る。  The configuration shown in FIG. 8 is configured such that a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked without a slip sheet is supplied to the automatic supply device 110 while being stored in the light shielding power set 200. The light-shielding cassette 200 is configured so that it can be sealed in a light-shielded state by covering the open upper part of the lower case 204 in a rectangular box shape with an upper case 202 formed in a shape that is slightly larger than this.
[0119] さらに、上ケース 202には、その自動供給装置 110への装着側端部にヒンジで開閉 可能に装着された開閉蓋部 202Aを一体的に構成する。また、遮光カセット 200の内 部には、盆状に形成された台座部材 206を配置し、この台座部材 206の上に合紙無 しで所定複数枚積み重ねられた平版刷版 10の束を載置する。  [0119] Furthermore, the upper case 202 is integrally configured with an opening / closing lid portion 202A that is attached to an end portion of the automatic supply device 110 on the mounting side so as to be opened and closed with a hinge. In addition, a base member 206 formed in a tray shape is disposed inside the light shielding cassette 200, and a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked on the base member 206 without any interleaving paper is placed thereon. Put.
[0120] このように平版刷版 10の束を収納した遮光カセット 200は、持ち運び用のトロリー 2 08上に載せた状態で、自動供給装置 110に接続し、開閉蓋部 202Aを開いて内部 の平版刷版 10を搬出可能にセットされる。 [0120] In this way, the light-shielding cassette 200 storing the bundle of planographic printing plates 10 is a trolley for carrying 2 In a state where it is placed on 08, it is connected to the automatic feeding device 110, and the opening / closing lid 202A is opened so that the internal lithographic printing plate 10 can be carried out.
[0121] また、このようにセットされた遮光カセット 200における自動供給装置 110の遮光さ れた空間内部に臨む、下ケース 204の所定部分には、台座部材 206の操作用開口 210を穿設する。 [0121] Further, an operation opening 210 of the base member 206 is formed in a predetermined portion of the lower case 204 facing the inside of the light-shielded space of the automatic supply device 110 in the light-shielding cassette 200 set in this way. .
[0122] さらに、自動供給装置 110の内部には、上下に伸縮操作される棒状の操作部材 21 2を備えた搬送高さ調整機構 214を配置する。この搬送高さ調整機構 214は、操作 部材 212を上方向に延出させ操作用開口 210を通して台座部材 206の裏側を押す ことにより、台座部材 206の上に載置された平版刷版 10の束の最上位にある平版刷 版 10の表面を搬出用ローラ 146に所定圧力で当接させられるように構成する。  [0122] Further, inside the automatic supply device 110, a transport height adjusting mechanism 214 including a rod-like operation member 212 that is vertically expanded and contracted is disposed. The transport height adjusting mechanism 214 extends the operation member 212 upward and pushes the back side of the pedestal member 206 through the operation opening 210 to thereby bundle the lithographic printing plate 10 placed on the pedestal member 206. The top surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 is configured to be brought into contact with the carry-out roller 146 with a predetermined pressure.
[0123] なお、この自動供給装置 110の内部には、遮光カセット 200の端部から主搬送ベル ト卷き掛け機構 150のガイド範囲 148Aに至る平版刷版 10の搬送路の下側に、平版 刷版 10が自動供給装置 110の内部に落下することを防止するためのガイド部材 216 を配置する。  [0123] It should be noted that the inside of this automatic supply device 110 has a planographic printing plate 10 below the transport path of the planographic printing plate 10 from the end of the light shielding cassette 200 to the guide range 148A of the main transport belt hanging mechanism 150. A guide member 216 for preventing the printing plate 10 from falling into the automatic feeder 110 is disposed.
[0124] この図 8に示す枚葉供給装置 112には、前述した捌き操作部を構成する吸盤装置 164と、入出操作部によって操作される搬送抵抗力低減部材 166を装着する。  [0124] The sheet feeding device 112 shown in Fig. 8 is equipped with the suction cup device 164 that constitutes the above-described whirling operation unit, and the conveyance resistance reducing member 166 that is operated by the loading / unloading operation unit.
[0125] この図 8に示すように構成された枚葉供給装置 112では、捌き操作部により、平版 刷版 10の束の最上位にある平版刷版 10だけを持ち上げて力もその下へ搬送抵抗 力低減部材 166を挿入する。この後、枚葉供給装置 112では、搬送高さ調整機構 2 14が操作部材 212を延出して台座部材 206を持ち上げ、平版刷版 10の束の最上 位にある平版刷版 10の表面を搬出用ローラ 146に所定の-ップ力で圧接した状態 にしてから、搬出用ローラ 146を回転駆動して平版刷版 10を搬出する。さらに、この 枚葉供給装置 112では、平版刷版 10の先端部力もガイド範囲 148Aに当てること〖こ よりガイドさせて、中間ローラ 156の位置で主搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 150と副搬送 ベルト 152との間にはさみ込まれるように搬出する。  In the sheet feeding device 112 configured as shown in FIG. 8, only the lithographic printing plate 10 at the top of the bundle of the lithographic printing plates 10 is lifted by the rolling operation unit, and the force is also conveyed below it. The force reducing member 166 is inserted. Thereafter, in the sheet feeding device 112, the conveyance height adjusting mechanism 214 extends the operation member 212 to lift the base member 206, and unloads the surface of the planographic printing plate 10 at the top of the bundle of the planographic printing plates 10. After being brought into pressure contact with the roller 146 with a predetermined pulling force, the carry-out roller 146 is rotationally driven to carry out the lithographic printing plate 10. Further, in this sheet feeding device 112, the leading edge force of the lithographic printing plate 10 is also applied to the guide range 148A to guide it, and at the position of the intermediate roller 156, the main conveying belt winding mechanism 150 and the auxiliary conveying belt 152 Carry it out so as to be sandwiched between.
[0126] さらに、 2枚目以降の平版刷版 10を搬出する場合には、上述と同様の動作を繰り 返すことにより、搬出する。  [0126] Further, when carrying out the second and subsequent lithographic printing plates 10, they are carried out by repeating the same operation as described above.
[0127] また、図 8に示す構成の枚葉供給装置 112における以上説明した以外の構成、作 用、効果は、前述した図 2乃至図 6に示す枚葉供給装置 112と同様であるので、その 説明を省略する。 [0127] Further, the configuration and operation of the single wafer feeder 112 having the configuration shown in Fig. 8 other than those described above. The effects are the same as those of the sheet feeder 112 shown in FIGS.
[0128] なお、前述した平版刷版の自動供給装置は、前述した合紙の保護を必要としな!、 平版刷版 10であるフォトポリマ PS版以外に、例えば、いわゆるサーマル PS版で、表 面に形成された画像を形成する記録層に傷が付くことを防止するため、記録層の最 外表面上にオーバーコート層(現像前の水洗工程で完全に除去できる水溶性材料 で構成された OC層等)が塗布されているものを利用することができる。さらに、平版 刷版の自動供給装置は、合紙の保護を必要とせず、じかに重ねて束ねた状態で取り 扱っても傷が問題とならない程度に記録層側の表面を強化した表面強化型のサーマ ル PS版を利用することができる。  Note that the above-described automatic lithographic printing plate supply apparatus does not require protection of the slip sheet described above! In addition to the photopolymer PS plate that is the lithographic printing plate 10, for example, a so-called thermal PS plate is used. In order to prevent the recording layer forming the image formed on the surface from being scratched, an overcoat layer (consisting of a water-soluble material that can be completely removed by a washing process before development) is formed on the outermost surface of the recording layer. Those coated with OC layer etc. can be used. Furthermore, the automatic supply device for lithographic printing plates does not require the protection of interleaving paper, and is a surface-enhanced type that reinforces the surface on the recording layer side to the extent that scratches do not pose a problem even when handled in a stacking state. Thermal PS version can be used.
[0129] また、この平版刷版の自動供給装置の構成は、一般に平版印刷の分野で用いられ る製版方式に対応した平版刷版である、光を利用して記録層に画像を記録する (光 モード)の平版刷版、熱を利用して記録層に画像を記録する (熱モード)の平版刷版 、記録層中で光を熱に変換させて画像を記録する (光、熱モード)の平版刷版、化学 反応を利用した平版刷版、物理的な現像を利用した平版刷版等を一枚づっ分離し て供給することに利用できることは勿論である。  [0129] In addition, the configuration of this lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus is a lithographic printing plate generally compatible with the plate making method used in the field of lithographic printing, and records an image on a recording layer using light ( (Light mode) lithographic printing plate, recording an image on the recording layer using heat (thermal mode) lithographic printing plate, recording light by converting light into heat in the recording layer (light, thermal mode) Of course, it can be used to separate and supply lithographic printing plates, lithographic printing plates using chemical reactions, lithographic printing plates using physical development, etc. one by one.
<第 2の実施形態 >  <Second Embodiment>
[0130] 以下では、本願発明の第 2の実施形態について説明する。尚、以下で第 2の実施 形態で特に参照する図面中では、第 1の実施形態と同様の構成要素には、第 1の実 施形態での図中の参照数字を 4桁とみなした上で、千の位の値を" 1"とした参照番 号を用いていることに留意されたい。また、第 1の実施形態と同様の構成及び機能に っ 、ての記載は重複をさけるために省略する。  [0130] The second embodiment of the present invention will be described below. In the drawings that are specifically referred to in the second embodiment below, the same reference numerals in the drawings in the first embodiment are regarded as four digits for the same components as those in the first embodiment. It should be noted that the reference number is used with the value of the thousands place as "1". In addition, the description of the same configuration and function as in the first embodiment is omitted to avoid duplication.
[0131] 保管棚 144に、合紙無しで所定複数枚積み重ねられた平版刷版 10の束を載置す るには、図 12乃至図 14に示すように、この束の一方の端部を棚部材 1162の上に載 せ、この束の左右側部にそれぞれガイド部材 1161を沿わせた状態で支持台 1160 の表面に斜めに持たせ掛けるようにして載置する。  [0131] In order to place a bundle of a plurality of lithographic printing plates 10 stacked on the storage shelf 144 without interleaving paper, one end of the bundle is placed as shown in FIGS. It is placed on the shelf member 1162, and is placed so as to be held diagonally on the surface of the support base 1160 with the guide members 1161 along the left and right sides of the bundle.
[0132] 図 10乃至図 11に示すように、この枚葉供給装置 1112には、保管棚 144の上側の 位置に、図示しな!ヽ操作装置でピックアップ位置と退避位置との間を移動操作される 、搬出部としてのローラピック方式に構成された搬出用ローラ (ピックアップローラ) 11 46を装着する。 [0132] As shown in FIGS. 10 to 11, the single-wafer feeding device 1112 is moved to the upper position of the storage shelf 144 between the pick-up position and the retracted position by a not-shown operation device. Be done Then, an unloading roller (pickup roller) 1146 configured in a roller pick system as the unloading unit is mounted.
[0133] この搬出用ローラ 1146は、平版刷版 10の幅方向中央部の所定長さ範囲に渡って 転接するよう、回転軸方向の長さを所定寸法に形成する。なお、この搬出用ローラ 11 46は、平版刷版 10の幅方向全幅若しくはそれ以上の長さに構成し、又は複数に分 割して構成しても良い。  The carry-out roller 1146 is formed to have a predetermined length in the direction of the rotation axis so as to make rolling contact over a predetermined length range in the center portion in the width direction of the planographic printing plate 10. The carry-out roller 1146 may be configured to have a full width in the width direction of the planographic printing plate 10 or a length longer than that, or may be divided into a plurality of parts.
[0134] この搬出用ローラ 1146は、プーリ 1146Aと一体的に回動するよう構成する。これら 一体ィ匕された搬出用ローラ 1146及びプーリ 1146Aは、回転軸 1147に軸着して配 置する。回転駆動軸 1147は、その両端部を支持部材 1165に固着して配置する。こ のように装着されたプーリ 1146Aには、図示しな 、駆動源である駆動モータの出力 軸との間にベルトを巻き掛けて動力を伝達するよう構成する。なお図示しないが、各 支持部材 1165は、その搬出用ローラ 1146を取り付けた端部と反対側の端部を筐体 側に軸着することによって、搬出用ローラ 1146を図 4に示すピックアップ位置と図 3 に示す待避位置との間を移動操作可能に装着する。  [0134] The carry-out roller 1146 is configured to rotate integrally with the pulley 1146A. The unloading roller 1146 and the pulley 1146A that are integrated together are mounted on the rotating shaft 1147 so as to be attached thereto. The rotary drive shaft 1147 is disposed with its both ends fixed to the support member 1165. The pulley 1146A thus mounted is configured to transmit power by winding a belt between the output shaft of a drive motor as a drive source (not shown). Although not shown in the drawing, each support member 1165 has its end opposite to the end to which the unloading roller 1146 is attached pivotally attached to the housing side so that the unloading roller 1146 has the pickup position shown in FIG. It is mounted so that it can be moved between the retracted position shown in Fig.3.
[0135] この枚葉供給装置 1112では、駆動モータを駆動して出力軸を回動し、ベルト巻き 掛け機構によって回転トルクをプーリ 1146Aへ伝達し、このプーリ 1146Aと一体の 搬出用ローラ 1146を回動操作する。  In this single wafer feeder 1112, the drive motor is driven to rotate the output shaft, the belt winding mechanism transmits the rotational torque to the pulley 1146A, and the pulley 1146A and the unloading roller 1146 are rotated. Operation.
[0136] また、この枚葉供給装置 1112には、保管棚 1144に載置されている平版刷版 10の 束における最も表面側に位置する搬出されるべき平版刷版 10を捌くための捌き操作 部を装着する。  [0136] Further, the sheet feeding device 1112 has a rolling operation for spreading the lithographic printing plate 10 to be unloaded that is positioned on the most surface side in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 1144. Wear the part.
[0137] 図 10乃至図 12に示すように、この捌き操作部は、吸盤装置 1164で保管棚 1144 に載置されている最上部の平版刷版 10における上端近くの部分 (搬送方向下流側 端部近傍)に吸着し、この吸着した平版刷版 10を垂直に立てる方向に移動させて平 版刷版 10の束の第 2番目の平版刷版 10から引き離し、搬出する第 1番目の平版刷 版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10との間に所定間隔の空間を作ることによって空気を導 入してこれらの間の真空密着状態を解消し、さらに保護部材 1166を、搬出する第 1 番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10との間の空間内に挿入可能な状態とす る捌き位置へ移動操作する捌き動作を行うように構成する。 [0138] さらに、この捌き操作部は、第 1番目の平版刷版 10を引き上げる捌き動作に続けて 、捌き位置にある第 1番目の平版刷版 10に対する吸盤装置 1164の吸着を解除して 第 1番目の平版刷版 10を自重で第 2番目の平版刷版 10上へ落下させる捌き解除動 作を行うように構成する。 [0137] As shown in Figs. 10 to 12, this squeezing operation section is a portion near the upper end of the uppermost lithographic printing plate 10 placed on the storage shelf 1144 by the suction cup device 1164 (at the downstream end in the transport direction). The first lithographic printing plate 10 that is separated from the second lithographic printing plate 10 in a bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 by moving the adsorbed lithographic printing plate 10 in a vertical standing direction. Air is introduced by creating a space of a predetermined distance between the plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 to eliminate the vacuum contact state between them, and the protective member 1166 is first removed. It is configured to perform a rolling operation to move to a winding position where it can be inserted into the space between the second lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10. [0138] Further, the squeezing operation unit releases the suction of the suction cup device 1164 to the first lithographic printing plate 10 in the squeezing position following the squeezing operation for lifting the first lithographic printing plate 10. The first lithographic printing plate 10 is configured so as to perform a squeeze release operation by dropping the first lithographic printing plate 10 onto the second lithographic printing plate 10 by its own weight.
[0139] また図示しないが、捌き操作部は、第 1番目の平版刷版 10を引き上げる捌き動作 に、図示しない連動機構で連動して支持部材 1165を揺動することにより搬出用ロー ラ 1146を図 10に例示する待避位置へ移動し、第 1番目の平版刷版 10を落下させる 捌き解除動作に、図示しない連動機構で連動して支持部材 1165を揺動すること〖こ より搬出用ローラ 1146を第 1番目の平版刷版 10の上面に圧接させる搬送操作状態 (ピックアップ位置に復帰した状態)に復帰させるように構成する。  [0139] Although not shown in the drawings, the rolling operation unit moves the support member 1165 in conjunction with a rolling operation for pulling up the first lithographic printing plate 10 so as to swing the support member 1165, thereby removing the unloading roller 1146. Moving to the retracted position illustrated in FIG. 10 and dropping the first lithographic printing plate 10 The support member 1165 is swung in conjunction with an unillustrated interlocking mechanism for unwinding operation. Is configured to return to a transport operation state (a state in which the first lithographic printing plate 10 is pressed against the upper surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10).
[0140] 搬出する第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10との間の空間内に挿入 するための保護部材 1166は、挿入調整操作装置 1167に装着して配置する。  [0140] A protective member 1166 for insertion into the space between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 to be carried out is mounted on the insertion adjusting operation device 1167 and arranged.
[0141] この保護部材 1166は、平版刷版 10の裏面に対する摺動摩擦抵抗が小さい材料( テフロン (登録商標)、ナイロン、 pc、 PET等)を、例えば、 2ミリメートルから 1ミリメート ル程度の厚さで所要の剛性を持つ薄板状 (シート状)の材料を用いて構成する。  [0141] This protective member 1166 is made of a material (Teflon (registered trademark), nylon, pc, PET, etc.) having a small sliding frictional resistance against the back surface of the planographic printing plate 10 and has a thickness of, for example, about 2 mm to 1 mm. It is constructed using a thin plate (sheet) material with the required rigidity.
[0142] さらに、この保護部材 1166は、搬出用ローラ 1146が一番表面にある第 1番目の平 版刷版 10上に圧接したときに第 2番目の平版刷版 10表面に圧接力が働き、摺動摩 擦抵抗を問題となるまで増加させる部分を内包する範囲 (カバーする範囲)以上の大 きさで例えば矩形状等の所要形状に形成する。  [0142] Furthermore, the protective member 1166 has a pressing force acting on the surface of the second lithographic printing plate 10 when the unloading roller 1146 is pressed onto the first lithographic printing plate 10 on the top surface. Then, it is formed in a required shape such as a rectangular shape with a size larger than the range (covering range) including the portion that increases the sliding friction resistance until it becomes a problem.
[0143] この保護部材 1166は、その一端辺の中央部近傍に、挿入調整操作装置 1167の 操作軸部材 1168の先端部を固着し、操作軸部材 1168の回転軸に対して保護部材 1166の平面が直交する状態となるように取り付ける。  The protection member 1166 has a distal end portion of the operation shaft member 1168 of the insertion adjustment operation device 1167 fixed to the vicinity of the central portion of one end side thereof, and a plane of the protection member 1166 with respect to the rotation shaft of the operation shaft member 1168. Attach so that they are perpendicular to each other.
[0144] 図 10及び図 11に示すように、挿入調整操作装置 1167は、操作軸部材 1168を所 定角度回動操作可能で、所定値以上の押圧力により引き込み操作されるように構成 する。  As shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 11, the insertion adjustment operation device 1167 is configured such that the operation shaft member 1168 can be rotated at a predetermined angle and is pulled in with a pressing force equal to or greater than a predetermined value.
[0145] この挿入調整操作装置 1167は、操作軸部材 1168を装着する第 1ハウジング 117 0と、操作軸部材 1168に回転駆動力を伝達するための連動部材 1172を装着する 第 2ハウジング 1174と、連動部材 1172を回動操作するため、第 2ハウジング 1174 に取り付けた駆動操作モータ 1176とを有する。 This insertion adjustment operating device 1167 includes a first housing 1170 to which the operation shaft member 1168 is attached, a second housing 1174 to which an interlocking member 1172 for transmitting rotational driving force to the operation shaft member 1168 is attached, To rotate the interlocking member 1172, the second housing 1174 And a drive operation motor 1176 attached to the motor.
[0146] この第 1ハウジング 1170には、その先端面 1170A中央に設けた先端側の摺動揷 通孔部材 1178と、第 2ハウジング 1174との隔壁 1186中央に設けた後端側の摺動 挿通孔部材 1180とをそれぞれ貫通するように丸軸状の操作軸部材 1168を挿通し て、第 1ハウジング 1170に対して操作軸部材 1168を軸線方向に摺動自在でかつ回 動自由となるように装着する。  In this first housing 1170, a sliding through hole member 1178 on the front end side provided in the center of the front end surface 1170A and a sliding end on the rear end side provided in the center of the partition wall 1186 between the second housing 1174 are inserted. The operation shaft member 1168 having a round shaft shape is inserted so as to penetrate each of the hole members 1180 so that the operation shaft member 1168 can slide in the axial direction with respect to the first housing 1170 and can rotate freely. Installing.
[0147] この挿入調整操作装置 1167は、先端側の摺動揷通孔部材 1178の揷通孔に連通 するよう支持台 1160に穿孔された貫通穴 1196に操作軸部材 1168を挿通させる状 態で、第 1ハウジング 1170の先端面 1170Aを支持台 1160の裏面所定位置に固着 して設置する。  This insertion adjustment operating device 1167 is configured in such a manner that the operating shaft member 1168 is inserted into the through hole 1196 drilled in the support base 1160 so as to communicate with the through hole of the sliding through hole member 1178 on the distal end side. The front end surface 1170A of the first housing 1170 is fixedly installed at a predetermined position on the back surface of the support base 1160.
[0148] 操作軸部材 1168には、保護部材 1166を取り付けた端部が先端側の摺動揷通孔 部材 1178から所定距離延出したときに、それ以上延出しないよう制止するためのフ ランジ状に形成した制止部材 1182を一体的に設ける。  [0148] The operation shaft member 1168 has a flange for restraining the end portion, to which the protective member 1166 is attached, from extending further when a predetermined distance extends from the sliding through hole member 1178 on the distal end side. A stop member 1182 formed in a shape is integrally provided.
[0149] そして、この挿入調整操作装置 1167では、操作軸部材 1168に圧縮コイルばね 11 84を挿通し、制止部材 1182と隔壁 1186との間に架設して、操作軸部材 1168を、 保護部材 1166を取り付けた端部が延出される方向に付勢する。  In this insertion adjustment operating device 1167, the compression coil spring 1184 is inserted into the operation shaft member 1168, and is laid between the restraining member 1182 and the partition wall 1186, and the operation shaft member 1168 is attached to the protection member 1166. The end to which is attached is biased in the extending direction.
[0150] この挿入調整操作装置 1167では、操作軸部材 1168の先端に固着された保護部 材 1166が、捌き操作部により第 1番目の平版刷版 10を落下させる捌き解除動作の 際に押圧されると、操作軸部材 1168が圧縮コイルばね 1184を弾性変形させながら 降下するように移動し、保護部材 1166を第 2番目の平版刷版 10上へ圧接させる動 作を行うように構成する。  In this insertion adjustment operating device 1167, the protective member 1166 fixed to the tip of the operating shaft member 1168 is pressed by the rolling operation unit during the rolling release operation for dropping the first lithographic printing plate 10. Then, the operation shaft member 1168 moves so as to descend while elastically deforming the compression coil spring 1184, and is configured to perform an operation of pressing the protective member 1166 onto the second lithographic printing plate 10.
[0151] また、この挿入調整操作装置 1167では、保護部材 1166が最も延出した状態 (操 作軸部材 1168の延出が制止部材 1182で制止された状態)のときに、保管棚 1144 に最大枚数載置された平版刷版 10の束の表面位置 (スタック版の最大高さ位置、例 えば、平版刷版 10の一枚の厚さ tが 0. 2mmであるとき、平版刷版 10を 100枚束とし たもので、支持台 1160の表面から 20mmの位置)よりも上方の位置で、かつ、拐 !Jき操 作部が第 1番目の平版刷版 10を捌き位置へ移動したときの第 1番目の平版刷版 10 の裏面より下方の位置となるように構成する。 [0152] これと共に、この挿入調整操作装置 1167では、操作軸部材 1168が圧縮コイルば ね 1184を弾性変形させながら最も引き込められる位置を、保護部材 1166が支持台 1160の表面に当接する位置となるように構成する。 [0151] In addition, in this insertion adjustment operating device 1167, when the protective member 1166 is in the most extended state (the extension of the operation shaft member 1168 is stopped by the stopping member 1182), the maximum amount is stored in the storage shelf 1144. The surface position of the bundle of the lithographic printing plates 10 placed (the maximum height position of the stacked plate, for example, when the thickness t of one lithographic printing plate 10 is 0.2 mm, the lithographic printing plate 10 When it is a bundle of 100 sheets, a position 20 mm above the surface of the support stand 1160) and the operation unit moves the first lithographic printing plate 10 to the position to be rolled. The first lithographic printing plate 10 is constructed so that it is positioned below the back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10. At the same time, in this insertion adjustment operating device 1167, the position where the operating shaft member 1168 is most retracted while elastically deforming the compression coil spring 1184 is the position where the protective member 1166 is in contact with the surface of the support base 1160. Configure to be
[0153] このように構成することにより、この挿入調整操作装置 1167では、保管棚 1144上 に載置された平版刷版 10の束力も平版刷版 10が順次搬出されて数が少なくなつて V、くのに従って、平版刷版 10の束の表面が支持台 1160の表面側に移って 、つても 、保護部材 1166がこれに追従して移動し、常に搬出される平版刷版 10の下にある 平版刷版 10の表面に当接する状態を実現できる。  With this configuration, in this insertion adjustment operating device 1167, the bundle force of the lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 1144 is reduced so that the lithographic printing plates 10 are sequentially carried out and the number decreases. According to the above, the surface of the bundle of the lithographic printing plates 10 moves to the surface side of the support 1160, so that the protective member 1166 moves following this, and is always under the lithographic printing plate 10 being carried out. It is possible to realize a state in which the lithographic printing plate 10 abuts on the surface.
[0154] この挿入調整操作装置 1167では、操作軸部材 1168における隔壁 1186から第 2 ハウジング 1174内へ延出した端部を、連動部材 1172に対して、相対的に回動不能 な状態でかつ回転軸方向へは相対的に移動可能な状態に接続する。  In this insertion adjustment operating device 1167, the end of the operating shaft member 1168 extending from the partition wall 1186 into the second housing 1174 is relatively unrotatable and rotatable with respect to the interlocking member 1172. It is connected in a relatively movable state in the axial direction.
[0155] このため、この挿入調整操作装置 1167では、連動部材 1172を筒状に形成し、そ の筒穴内に操作軸部材 1168の端部を軸線方向に摺動自在に挿通する。  Therefore, in this insertion adjustment operating device 1167, the interlocking member 1172 is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the end of the operating shaft member 1168 is inserted into the cylindrical hole so as to be slidable in the axial direction.
[0156] さらに、連動部材 1172には、軸線方向に沿った矩形状の長穴であるガイド穴 118 8を穿設する。これと共に、操作軸部材 1168の端部には、ガイド穴 1188内に頭部を 臨ませるように従動子 1190を突設する。  [0156] Further, the interlocking member 1172 is provided with a guide hole 1188 which is a rectangular long hole along the axial direction. At the same time, a follower 1190 projects from the end of the operation shaft member 1168 so that the head faces the guide hole 1188.
[0157] この従動子 1190は、ガイド穴 1188内で軸線方向に摺動自在で、ガイド穴 1188の 幅方向(連動部材 1172の円周方向)への移動がガイド穴 1188の側壁で制限される ことにより、操作軸部材 1168と連動部材 1172とを相対的に回動不能な状態でかつ 回転軸方向へは相対的に移動可能な状態に接続する。  The follower 1190 is slidable in the axial direction within the guide hole 1188, and movement of the guide hole 1188 in the width direction (circumferential direction of the interlocking member 1172) is restricted by the side wall of the guide hole 1188. As a result, the operation shaft member 1168 and the interlocking member 1172 are connected in a relatively non-rotatable state and relatively movable in the direction of the rotation shaft.
[0158] 連動部材 1172の一部には、フランジ状に延出する回転位置検出板 1190を設ける 。また、第 2ハウジング 1174の内部には、回転位置検出板 1190に臨んで、その回 転位置を検出して、その検出位置信号を図示しない駆動操作モータ 1176の制御装 置へ送信するための位置センサ 1192を設置し、連動部材 1172及び操作軸部材 11 68と一体的に回動する保護部材 1166の回動状態を検出可能に構成する。  [0158] A part of the interlocking member 1172 is provided with a rotational position detection plate 1190 extending in a flange shape. The second housing 1174 has a position for facing the rotational position detection plate 1190, detecting the rotational position, and transmitting the detected position signal to the control device of the drive operation motor 1176 (not shown). A sensor 1192 is provided so that the rotation state of the protection member 1166 that rotates integrally with the interlocking member 1172 and the operation shaft member 1168 can be detected.
[0159] この挿入調整操作装置 1167では、第 2ハウジング 1174における隔壁 1186と反対 側の端板 1174Aに取り付けた駆動操作モータ 1176の出力軸 1176Aを、端板 117 4Aの貫通穴を揷通させて第 2ハウジング 1174内にある連動部材 1172に同軸で接 続する。 In this insertion adjustment operating device 1167, the output shaft 1176A of the drive operation motor 1176 attached to the end plate 1174A opposite to the partition wall 1186 in the second housing 1174 is passed through the through hole of the end plate 1174A. Coaxially contact the interlocking member 1172 in the second housing 1174. Continue.
[0160] この駆動操作モータ 1176は、図示しない制御装置で制御されることにより、出力軸 1176Aを回転駆動させて連動部材 1172を回動し、ガイド穴 1188及び従動子 1190 の接続機構を介して、操作軸部材 1168及び保護部材 1166を回動操作する。  [0160] The drive operation motor 1176 is controlled by a control device (not shown), thereby rotating the output shaft 1176A to rotate the interlocking member 1172, and via the connection mechanism of the guide hole 1188 and the follower 1190. The operation shaft member 1168 and the protection member 1166 are rotated.
[0161] この動作の際図示しない制御装置は、連動部材 1172と一体的に回動する回転位 置検出板 1194の回転位置を検出する位置センサ 1192により保護部材 1166が図 3 及び図 5に示す待機位置から図 13に示す中間動作状態を経て図 4及び図 7に示す 挿入位置へ移動したことを検知したときに、駆動操作モータ 1176を停止して保護部 材 1166を挿入状態にセットする。また、図示しない制御装置は、上述とは逆の動作 で、保護部材 1166を挿入位置から待機位置へ復帰するよう制御する。  [0161] In this operation, the control device (not shown) is configured such that the protective member 1166 is shown in FIGS. 3 and 5 by a position sensor 1192 that detects the rotational position of the rotational position detection plate 1194 that rotates integrally with the interlocking member 1172. When it is detected that it has moved from the standby position to the insertion position shown in FIGS. 4 and 7 through the intermediate operation state shown in FIG. 13, the drive operation motor 1176 is stopped and the protection member 1166 is set in the insertion state. Further, a control device (not shown) controls the protection member 1166 to return from the insertion position to the standby position by an operation reverse to the above.
[0162] このように構成した挿入調整操作装置 1167では、保護部材 1166を角 180度回動 する度に、保護部材 1166を挿入位置と待機位置とへ安定して確実に移動できる。  [0162] With the insertion adjustment operating device 1167 configured as described above, the protective member 1166 can be stably and reliably moved between the insertion position and the standby position each time the protective member 1166 is rotated 180 degrees.
[0163] 上述のように構成した枚葉供給装置 1112では、保管棚 1144に載置された平版刷 版 10の束の 1番上にある第 1の平版刷版 10を、 1枚だけ分離して搬送ベルト卷き掛 け機構へ送給する動作を行う際に、まず、捌き操作部によって、束の 1番上にある平 版刷版 10だけを捌き位置に移動し、図示しな ヽ制御装置で挿入調整操作装置 116 7を駆動制御して保護部材 1166を挿入位置にセットする。次に、この枚葉供給装置 1112では、捌き操作部を捌き解除動作させることによって、第 1番目の平版刷版 10 を自重で落下させる動作に従って、第 1番目の平版刷版 10が保護部材 1166を介し て第 2番目の平版刷版 10上にのる状態とする。  [0163] In the sheet feeder 1112 configured as described above, only one first lithographic printing plate 10 on the top of a bundle of lithographic printing plates 10 placed on the storage shelf 1144 is separated. When performing the operation of feeding to the conveyor belt hooking mechanism, first, only the lithographic printing plate 10 at the top of the bundle is moved to the rolling position by the rolling operation unit, and the ヽ control not shown The insertion adjustment operation device 1167 is driven and controlled by the device, and the protection member 1166 is set at the insertion position. Next, in this sheet feeding device 1112, the first lithographic printing plate 10 is moved to the protective member 1166 in accordance with the operation of dropping the first lithographic printing plate 10 by its own weight by performing the rolling release operation of the rolling operation unit. Through the second planographic printing plate 10.
[0164] この枚葉供給装置 1112では上述した一連の動作により、第 1番目の平版刷版 10と 第 2番目の平版刷版 10との間の空間に空気が入り、その後第 1番目の平版刷版 10 が第 2番目の平版刷版 10上に降下する動作に伴って空間内の空気が第 1番目の平 版刷版 10の裏面全面に行き渡り第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10と の間の真空密着状態を解除して、真空密着に起因して発生する搬送抵抗を削減す る。  [0164] In this sheet feeding device 1112, air enters the space between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 by the series of operations described above, and then the first lithographic printing plate. As the printing plate 10 descends onto the second lithographic printing plate 10, the air in the space spreads over the entire back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the first lithographic printing plates 10 and 2 Release the vacuum contact state with the second lithographic printing plate 10 to reduce the transport resistance caused by the vacuum contact.
[0165] さらに、この枚葉供給装置 1112では、第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷 版 10との間に所定厚さの保護部材 1166が挟まって保護部材 1166の周囲の空間に 空気が入っている状態を保持できるので、平版刷版 10を搬出用ローラ 1146で搬出 する際に、第 1番目の平版刷版 10と第 2番目の平版刷版 10との間が密接して真空 密着の状態になることを防止できる。 [0165] Further, in this sheet feeding device 1112, a protective member 1166 having a predetermined thickness is sandwiched between the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10, and the periphery of the protective member 1166 is surrounded. In space Since the air can be maintained, when the lithographic printing plate 10 is carried out by the carry-out roller 1146, the first lithographic printing plate 10 and the second lithographic printing plate 10 are in close contact with each other. It is possible to prevent vacuum contact.
[0166] 次に、この枚葉供給装置 1112では、第 1番目の平版刷版 10の捌き解除動作に連 動して搬出用ローラ 1146を第 1番目の平版刷版 10の上面に圧接させる搬送操作状 態 (ピックアップ位置に復帰した状態)に復帰させてから、搬出用ローラ 1146を図示 しない駆動モータ機構で回動することにより、搬出用ローラ 1146を平版刷版 10の束 の 1番上にある平版刷版 10上を転動させて、 1枚だけを分離し搬送ベルト巻き掛け 機構へ送給する。 Next, in this sheet feeding device 1112, the conveying roller 1146 is brought into pressure contact with the upper surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 in conjunction with the rolling release operation of the first lithographic printing plate 10. After returning to the operating state (returned to the pickup position), the unloading roller 1146 is rotated by a drive motor mechanism (not shown) to bring the unloading roller 1146 to the top of the bundle of planographic printing plates 10. Roll over a certain lithographic printing plate 10 to separate only one and feed it to the conveyor belt winding mechanism.
[0167] この枚葉供給装置 1112では、搬出用ローラ 1146により第 1番目の平版刷版 10を 搬出する動作の際に、搬出用ローラ 1146の押圧力が働く範囲の第 1番目の平版刷 版 10の裏面に、保護部材 1166が摺接することになる。  [0167] In this sheet feeding device 1112, the first lithographic printing plate in the range where the pressing force of the unloading roller 1146 is applied during the operation of unloading the first lithographic printing plate 10 by the unloading roller 1146. The protective member 1166 comes into sliding contact with the back surface of the tenth surface.
[0168] すなわち、この枚葉供給装置 1112では、第 1番目の平版刷版 10において搬出用 ローラ 1146の押圧力が働く範囲の裏面が保護部材 1166上を摺動することになるの で、第 2番目の平版刷版 10の感光層 114側に直接第 1番目の平版刷版 10の裏面が 搬出動作に必要な所要の高い-ップ圧で擦り付けられることを無くし、第 2番目の平 版刷版 10の感光層 114側に傷が付くことを防止できる。  That is, in this sheet feeding device 1112, the back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 where the pressing force of the carry-out roller 1146 acts slides on the protective member 1166, so The second lithographic printing plate 10 eliminates the fact that the back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 is directly rubbed to the photosensitive layer 114 side with the required high-pressure required for the unloading operation. It is possible to prevent the printing plate 10 from being scratched on the photosensitive layer 114 side.
[0169] なお、この枚葉供給装置 1112では、第 1番目の平版刷版 10裏面における搬出用 ローラ 1146の-ップ力が働く範囲の部分だけが-ップカを受けて保護部材 1166上 を摺動する構成なので、 -ップ力の強さに係わらず、第 1番目の平版刷版 10裏面以 外に傷がつく所を無くして平版刷版 10を搬出することができる。よって、この枚葉供 給装置 1112では、搬出用ローラ 1146の-ップカを搬出動作の都合だけで決定で きる。  In this sheet feeder 1112, only the portion of the back surface of the first lithographic printing plate 10 where the unloading force of the unloading roller 1146 is applied receives the puck and slides on the protective member 1166. Because of the moving configuration, the lithographic printing plate 10 can be carried out without any scratches other than the back of the first lithographic printing plate 10 regardless of the strength of the piercing force. Therefore, in this single wafer feeder 1112, the unloading roller 1146 can be determined only by the convenience of the unloading operation.
[0170] さらに、この第 1番目の平版刷版 10を搬出する動作では、平版刷版 10の裏面が摩 擦係数の小さな保護部材 1166上を摺動するときの小さな摩擦抵抗が主に搬送抵抗 となるので、第 1番目の平版刷版 10を搬出するためにローラピック方式に構成された 搬出用ローラ 1146に必要とされる所定の搬送力を小さくし、常に搬出用ローラ 1146 が所定の低いニップ力と低い駆動力で平版刷版 10を搬送可能とできる。 [0171] よって、前述した真空密着を解除して搬送抵抗を低減する効果及び保護部材 116 6上を平版刷版 10が摺動するようにして低 ヽ搬送抵抗で搬出可能とする効果と相俟 つて、この平版刷版 10を搬出するローラピック方式に構成された搬出用ローラ 1146 では、平版刷版 10に圧接するための-ップカを低く設定し、平版刷版 10に傷が付く ことを防止できる。 [0170] Further, in the operation of carrying out the first lithographic printing plate 10, the small frictional resistance when the back surface of the lithographic printing plate 10 slides on the protective member 1166 having a small friction coefficient is mainly the conveyance resistance. Therefore, the predetermined conveying force required for the unloading roller 1146 configured in the roller pick method for unloading the first lithographic printing plate 10 is reduced, and the unloading roller 1146 is always at a predetermined low level. The lithographic printing plate 10 can be conveyed with a nip force and a low driving force. [0171] Therefore, the effect of reducing the conveyance resistance by releasing the above-described vacuum adhesion and the effect of enabling the lithographic printing plate 10 to slide on the protective member 1166 and carrying it out with a low conveyance resistance are combined. Therefore, in the unloading roller 1146 configured in the roller pick method for unloading the lithographic printing plate 10, the pucker for pressing against the lithographic printing plate 10 is set low to prevent the lithographic printing plate 10 from being damaged. it can.
[0172] この枚葉供給装置 1112では、第 1番目の平版刷版 10を搬出して搬送ベルト巻き 掛け機構で搬送できる状態となると、搬出用ローラ 1146が第 1番目の平版刷版 10か ら解離される。  In this sheet feeder 1112, when the first lithographic printing plate 10 is unloaded and can be conveyed by the conveying belt winding mechanism, the unloading roller 1146 is discharged from the first lithographic printing plate 10. Dissociated.
[0173] そして、この枚葉供給装置 1112では、第 1番目の平版刷版 10を搬出し終えると、 保護部材 1166を取り付けた操作軸部材 1168が圧縮コイルばね 1184の付勢力で 制止部材 1182に制止される位置まで延出し、第 2番目の平版刷版 10の表面力も離 間する。  Then, in the sheet feeding device 1112, when the first lithographic printing plate 10 has been carried out, the operation shaft member 1168 to which the protection member 1166 is attached becomes the restraining member 1182 by the urging force of the compression coil spring 1184. It extends to the position where it is stopped, and the surface force of the second planographic printing plate 10 is also released.
[0174] この後、枚葉供給装置 1112を制御する図示しない制御装置は、駆動操作モータ 1 176の駆動を開始し、連動部材 1172と一体的に回動する回転位置検出板 1194の 回転位置を検出する位置センサ 1192が保護部材 1166を図 11及び図 14に示す挿 入位置力も図 10及び図 12に示す待機位置へ移動したことを検出したときに、駆動操 作モータ 1176を停止して保護部材 1166を待機位置に復帰させて、次の動作に備 える。  Thereafter, a control device (not shown) that controls the sheet feeding device 1112 starts driving the driving operation motor 1 176 and sets the rotational position of the rotational position detection plate 1194 that rotates integrally with the interlocking member 1172. When the position sensor 1192 to be detected detects that the insertion position force of the protection member 1166 has also moved to the standby position shown in FIGS. 10 and 12, the drive operation motor 1176 is stopped and protected. The member 1166 is returned to the standby position to prepare for the next operation.
<第 3の実施形態 >  <Third embodiment>
[0175] 以下では、本願発明の第 3の実施形態について説明する。尚、以下で第 3の実施 形態で特に参照する図面中では、第 1の実施形態と同様の構成要素には、第 1の実 施形態での図中の参照数字を 4桁とみなした上で、千の位の値を" 2"とした参照番 号を用いていることに留意されたい。また、第 1の実施形態及び第 2の実施形態と同 様の構成及び機能にっ 、ての記載は重複をさけるために省略する。  [0175] Hereinafter, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the drawings specifically referred to in the third embodiment below, the same reference numerals in the drawings in the first embodiment are considered to be four digits for the same components as those in the first embodiment. It should be noted that the reference number with a thousand value of “2” is used. Further, the description of the same configuration and function as those of the first embodiment and the second embodiment is omitted to avoid duplication.
[0176] 本発明の平版刷版の自動供給装置に関する実施の形態について図 15乃至図 26 により説明する。本実施の形態に係わる平版刷版の自動供給装置は、例えば、現在 市販されている一般の感光性印刷版 (PS版)と比較して、感光性印刷版の表面に感 光剤を塗布して形成された感光面が外力に対し強く(20倍以上)、合紙の保護を必 要としな!/、フォトポリマ PS版である、 V、わゆる合紙レス感光性印刷版 (合紙レス PS版 )であって、 B1サイズ等の大型の合紙レス平版刷版を所定複数枚束にしたものを装 置内に略水平方向に向けて重ねた束にして装填し (なお小型の平版刷版を略水平 方向に向けて重ねた束にして装填したものであっても良い)枚葉供給装置で各平版 刷版を 1枚づっ分離して搬出する送給作業を可能に構成する。 Embodiments relating to the lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 to 26. FIG. The lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to the present embodiment, for example, applies a light-sensitive agent to the surface of a photosensitive printing plate as compared to a general photosensitive printing plate (PS plate) currently on the market. The photosensitive surface formed in this way is strong against external forces (20 times or more), and it is necessary to protect the slip sheet. Necessary! /, Photopolymer PS plate, V, photo paper-less photosensitive printing plate (interleaf-free PS plate), and a predetermined number of large interleaf-free lithographic printing plates such as B1 size A bundle of sheets is loaded as a bundle that is stacked in a substantially horizontal direction in the apparatus (a small lithographic printing plate may be loaded as a stack that is stacked in a substantially horizontal direction. ) Configure the sheet feeding device so that each lithographic printing plate is separated and transported one by one.
[0177] すなわち、この平版刷版の自動供給装置に用いる合紙レス平版刷版としての合紙 レス感光性印刷版 (合紙レス感光性印刷版)は、所定サイズの長方形の板状に形成 された薄!、アルミニウム板である支持体上に、感光材料を含有する感光面 (画像記 録層である感光剤面、すなわち Em面)が設けられている。  That is, the interleaf-less photosensitive printing plate (interleaf-free photosensitive printing plate) as the interleaf-free lithographic printing plate used in the lithographic printing plate automatic supply device is formed in a rectangular plate shape of a predetermined size. A light-sensitive surface containing a light-sensitive material (photosensitive agent surface as an image recording layer, that is, Em surface) is provided on a thin, aluminum plate support.
[0178] この平版刷版の自動供給装置に用いる合紙レス感光性印刷版は、これを製造して 力も所定複数枚の感光性印刷版を、合紙を廃止して、感光性印刷版の表面に当た る感光面に感光性印刷版の裏面に当たる(PS版アルミ面である Back面)を直接接 触させる状態で積層して束にした状態で、運搬や保管を行い、さらに感光性印刷版 の母材であるアルミ面で感光面を擦りながら感光性印刷版を 1枚づっ分離して搬出 しても、傷や圧力カプリ等を生じな 、と 、う特性を持つ。  [0178] The slip-less photosensitive printing plate used in this lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus is manufactured by removing a predetermined number of photosensitive printing plates, eliminating the slip sheet, It is transported and stored in a state of being stacked and bundled in a state where the photosensitive surface that hits the front side is in direct contact with the back side of the photosensitive printing plate (the back side that is the PS plate aluminum side), and is further photosensitive. Even if the photosensitive printing plate is separated and transported one by one while rubbing the photosensitive surface with the aluminum surface, which is the base material of the printing plate, it has the characteristic that it does not cause scratches or pressure capri.
[0179] また、この平版刷版の自動供給装置に用いる合紙レス感光性印刷版は、感光性印 刷版の裏面に当たるアルミ-ユウム材料面である Back面に、その下に積み重ねられ た感光性印刷版表面の記録面に対して擦れ傷を付けることを防止するためのオーバ 一コート層を塗布したものであっても良い。  [0179] In addition, the interleaf-free photosensitive printing plate used in this lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus is a photosensitive layer that is stacked on the back surface, which is an aluminum-umum material surface that hits the back surface of the photosensitive printing plate. In addition, an overcoat layer may be applied to prevent the recording surface of the printing plate surface from being scratched.
[0180] この合紙レス感光性印刷版は、製造後、合紙無しで所定複数枚積み重ねられるこ とにより直方体の束にされて梱包され、搬送及び保管等の取り扱いが容易な状態とさ れる。この合紙レス感光性印刷版は、梱包を解いて力ゝら合紙無しで所定複数枚積み 重ねられた束の状態で、 CTPシステムに設けた平版刷版の自動供給装置の内部へ 遮光状態で供給する。  [0180] After manufacturing, this photosensitive paper-less printing plate is packed into a rectangular parallelepiped by stacking a predetermined number of sheets without interleaving paper, making it easy to handle such as transportation and storage. . This interleaf-free photosensitive printing plate is a light-blocking state inside a lithographic printing plate automatic feeder installed in the CTP system in the form of a bundle of a predetermined number of sheets unpacked and stacked without any interleaving paper. Supply with.
[0181] この CTP (Computer to Plate)システムは、コンピュータ等のデジタルデータに 基づ ヽてレーザ露光処理をし、自動現像機で感光性印刷版上に形成された潜像を 顕像に変換する現像処理をして直接印刷版を製版する。  [0181] This CTP (Computer to Plate) system performs laser exposure processing based on digital data from a computer, etc., and converts the latent image formed on the photosensitive printing plate into a visible image using an automatic processor. The plate is made directly by developing.
[0182] 図 15及び図 16に示すように、この CTPシステムは、合紙無しで所定複数枚積み重 ねられた平版刷版 2011の束が供給されるカセットの格納装置 2010と、このカセット の格納装置 2010に連続して平版刷版 2011の束力も平版刷版 2011 (PS版)を 1枚 づっ分離して供給する枚葉供給装置 2012と、インナードラム露光装置 (モノゴンスキ ャナ一) 2014と、ノッファ装置 2016と、現像処理装置 2018とを備える。 [0182] As shown in Fig. 15 and Fig. 16, this CTP system stacks a predetermined number of sheets without interleaving. The cassette storage device 2010 to which the bundle of the lithographic printing plate 2011 fed is supplied, and the lithographic printing plate 2011 bundling force is separated from the lithographic printing plate 2011 (PS plate) one by one following this cassette storage device 2010. Single wafer supply device 2012, inner drum exposure device (monogon scanner) 2014, noffer device 2016, and development processing device 2018.
[0183] この CTPシステムにおけるカセットの格納装置 2010は、外部力も作業員が搬入し た複数の印刷版供給カセット 2020をカセットラック 2022に保管し、所要の印刷版供 給カセット 2020を枚葉供給装置 2012へ供給するよう構成する。  [0183] The cassette storage device 2010 in this CTP system stores a plurality of printing plate supply cassettes 2020 that have been carried by an operator with external force in the cassette rack 2022, and the required printing plate supply cassettes 2020 are stored in a single wafer supply device. Configure to supply to 2012.
[0184] このため、カセットラック 2022は、平版刷版 2011を横にして収納した印刷版供給力 セット 2020を略水平方向にした状態で、縦方向に並んだ複数 (ここでは 5段)の段部 にそれぞれセットしてストックできるように構成する。  [0184] For this reason, the cassette rack 2022 has a plurality of (here, five) stages arranged in the vertical direction with the printing plate supply force set 2020 stored horizontally with the planographic printing plate 2011 in a substantially horizontal direction. It is configured so that it can be set and stocked in each part.
[0185] このカセットラック 2022は、縦に 5段並んだ内の所要の印刷版供給カセット 2020を 枚葉供給装置 2012の搬入口に位置合わせしてカゝら印刷版供給カセット 2020の先 端部を搬入口内に挿入した供給状態にセットできるようにするため、カセットラック 20 22をカセットの格納装置 2010内部で、図示しない昇降機構で、所定の 5段階の各 位置へ移動するよう昇降操作可能に装着する。  [0185] This cassette rack 2022 is arranged in such a manner that the required printing plate supply cassettes 2020 in five vertical rows are aligned with the carry-in entrance of the sheet feeding device 2012 and the leading end of the printing plate supply cassette 2020 The cassette rack 2022 can be moved up and down to move to each of the five predetermined positions using a lifting mechanism (not shown) in the cassette storage device 2010. Installing.
[0186] また、このカセットの格納装置 2010では、所要の印刷版供給カセット 2020が枚葉 供給装置 2012の搬入口の高さ位置に位置決めされた状態で、カセット移動機構 20 23によって印刷版供給カセット 2020を枚葉供給装置 2012の搬入口内にセットした 供給セット位置とカセットラック 2022の棚段に収めた収納位置との間を移動操作可 能に構成する。  In addition, in the cassette storage device 2010, the printing plate supply cassette 2020 is positioned by the cassette moving mechanism 20 23 in a state where the required printing plate supply cassette 2020 is positioned at the height position of the carry-in entrance of the sheet supply device 2012. The 2020 is configured to be movable between the supply setting position where the 2020 is set in the carry-in port of the single wafer supply apparatus 2012 and the storage position where the cassette rack 2022 is stored on the shelf.
[0187] さらに、このカセットの格納装置 2010では、図示しないが、所要の印刷版供給カセ ット 2020をカセット移動機構 2023によって枚葉供給装置 2012の搬入口内に移動し てセットする際に印刷版供給カセット 2020の蓋 2020Aを自動的に開き、印刷版供 給カセット 2020を棚段上の収納位置に移動する際に蓋 2020Aを自動的に閉じる開 閉部を設ける。  [0187] Further, in this cassette storage device 2010, although not shown, when the required printing plate supply cassette 2020 is moved and set into the carry-in entrance of the sheet feeding device 2012 by the cassette moving mechanism 2023, the printing plate The lid 2020A of the supply cassette 2020 is automatically opened, and an opening / closing portion is provided for automatically closing the lid 2020A when the printing plate supply cassette 2020 is moved to the storage position on the shelf.
[0188] また、この枚葉供給装置 2012は、搬入口内にセットされた印刷版供給カセット 202 0の蓋 2020Aが開 ヽて 、る部分にある平版刷版 2011の束における最上部位置にあ る搬出される平版刷版 2011を捌いて隣接する平版刷版との接着力を低減させるた めの捌き部と、この 1枚づつに捌かれた平版刷版 2011を送り出すための搬送ローラ 方式に構成された搬出部とを備える。なお、ここで、「捌き」とは、複数の合紙レス平版 刷版 2011の束 (スタック版)における最上部位置にある搬出される平版刷版 2011を 持ち上げて滑らせ、その下にある平版刷版 2011との間の密着を解除することを意味 する。 [0188] Further, this sheet feeding device 2012 is located at the uppermost position in the bundle of planographic printing plates 2011 in the portion where the lid 2020A of the printing plate supply cassette 2020 set in the carry-in opening is opened. In order to reduce the adhesive force between adjacent lithographic printing plates using the lithographic printing plate 2011 And a carry-out section configured in a transport roller system for sending out the lithographic printing plate 2011 that has been rolled one by one. In addition, “spreading” means that the lithographic printing plate 2011 to be transported is lifted and slid at the uppermost position in a stack of a plurality of interleaf-free lithographic printing plates 2011 (stacked plate), and the lithographic plate underneath It means that the close contact with the printing plate 2011 is released.
[0189] 図 18及び図 21に示すように、枚葉供給装置 2012では、捌き部と搬送ローラ方式 の搬出部とを単一の操作部材 2206上に装着して一体的に構成したピックアップュ- ット 200を配置する。このピックアップユニット 2200では、操作部材 2206に、捌き部と してサッカー (真空サッカー、吸盤) 2202と、搬送ローラ方式の搬出部の一部を構成 するためのゴムローラ製の搬出用ローラ 2146とを装着する。  As shown in FIG. 18 and FIG. 21, in the single wafer feeder 2012, a pick-up unit that is integrally configured by mounting a winding portion and a carry-roller type carry-out portion on a single operation member 2206. 200 is placed. In this pickup unit 2200, soccer (vacuum soccer, sucker) 2202 is mounted on the operation member 2206, and a rubber roller carry-out roller 2146 for forming a part of the carry-roller carry-out portion. To do.
[0190] なお、このピックアップユニット 2200には、図示しないが搬送対象となる平版刷版 2 011のサイズに対応して、幅方向全長に渡って平均的に持ち上げる動作ができるよう 所要複数個の吸盤で構成したサッカー 2202を、平版刷版 2011の幅方向に直線状 に並べて配置する。  It should be noted that the pickup unit 2200 has a plurality of required suction cups so as to be able to perform an average lifting operation over the entire length in the width direction in accordance with the size of the planographic printing plate 2011 to be conveyed (not shown). The soccer 2202 made up of is arranged in a straight line in the width direction of the planographic printing plate 2011.
[0191] この操作部材 2206は、長板の中央部を U字状に切欠した所定の変形板状に形成 し、その長手方向両端部から一対の操作棒 2208を突設する。この操作部材 2206は 、その長手方向を搬送方向に直交する方向に向けた状態で、その両端部から突出し た一対の操作棒 2208をそれぞれ制御部 2120で駆動制御される移動操作機構 212 2に接続して装着する。  [0191] The operation member 2206 is formed in a predetermined deformed plate shape in which the central portion of the long plate is cut out in a U-shape, and a pair of operation rods 2208 are projected from both longitudinal ends thereof. The operation member 2206 is connected to a moving operation mechanism 212 2 which is driven and controlled by the control unit 2120 with a pair of operation rods 2208 projecting from both ends of the operation member 2206 in a state where the longitudinal direction thereof is in a direction perpendicular to the conveyance direction. And put it on.
[0192] この移動操作機構 2122は、サッカー 2202及び搬出用ローラ 2146を装着した操 作部材 2206と相俟って、略水平にセットされた最上位の平版刷版 2011を所定高さ 位置に持ち上げて力 搬送方向下流側の搬出ローラ 2147上へ横に搬送し、搬出口 ーラ 2147上に最上位の平版刷版 2011を降下させて搬出用ローラ 2146との間に- ップさせ、搬出用ローラ 2146と搬出ローラ 2147とで-ップして転接することにより搬 出可能とさせるように操作する移動操作部を構成する。  [0192] This moving operation mechanism 2122, together with the operation member 2206 equipped with the soccer 2202 and the carry-out roller 2146, lifts the uppermost planographic printing plate 2011 set substantially horizontally to a predetermined height position. Power is transported horizontally onto the unloading roller 2147 on the downstream side in the conveying direction, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate 2011 is lowered onto the unloading roller 2147 and is pushed between the unloading roller 2146 for unloading. The roller 2146 and the unloading roller 2147 constitute a moving operation unit that is operated so as to be unloadable by rolling and rolling.
[0193] この移動操作機構 2122は、操作部材 2206を、高さ方向の昇降動作と略水平方向 へ向けて移動する往復動作とを組み合わせた所定の制御動作させるように構成する [0194] この移動操作機構 2122は、図示しないが例えば、一対の操作棒 2208を、それぞ れリンクの一端部に軸着し、このリンクの他端部を回転駆動円板の回転軸力 偏芯し た位置に軸着し、各リンクから突設した従動子をカム溝内へ摺動自在に挿入し、回転 駆動円板を正転又は逆転させることにより、図 3に矢印 Aで示す昇降動作と、矢印 B で示す略水平方向の往復動作と、矢印 Cで示す昇降動作とを行うように構成する。な お、制御された昇降動作を行わせる部と、制御された略水平方向の往復動作を行わ せる部とを設けて構成しても良い。 [0193] The moving operation mechanism 2122 is configured to cause the operation member 2206 to perform a predetermined control operation that combines a lifting operation in the height direction and a reciprocating operation that moves in a substantially horizontal direction. [0194] Although not shown, for example, the moving operation mechanism 2122 has a pair of operation rods 2208 attached to one end of the link, and the other end of the link is connected to the rotational axial force bias of the rotary drive disk. Ascending and descending as shown by arrow A in Fig. 3 by axially attaching to the centered position, inserting a follower projecting from each link slidably into the cam groove, and rotating the rotation drive disk forward or backward. It is configured to perform an operation, a substantially horizontal reciprocating operation indicated by an arrow B, and an elevating operation indicated by an arrow C. It should be noted that a part for performing a controlled lifting operation and a part for performing a controlled substantially horizontal reciprocation may be provided.
[0195] この枚葉供給装置 2012では、移動操作機構 2122で操作されるピックアップュ-ッ ト 2200のサッカー 2202によって印刷版供給カセット 2020に収納された平版刷版 2 011を吸着して持ち上げて力も搬出ローラ 2147上へ送り出すよう構成する。  [0195] In this sheet feeding device 2012, the planographic printing plate 2 011 stored in the printing plate supply cassette 2020 is adsorbed and lifted by the soccer 2202 of the pickup unit 2200 operated by the moving operation mechanism 2122. The feed roller 2147 is configured to be sent out.
[0196] よって、従来利用されている複数枚重ねられた平版刷版の束における最も上にある 平版刷版の表面にピックアップローラを転接させ搬出する、いわゆる搬送ローラ方式 の構成と比較して、印刷版供給カセットに収納された平版刷版の束を持ち上げて最 上位置の平版刷版をピックアップローラに圧接させるためのいわゆる平版刷版搬送 高さ調整機構が不要となり、枚葉供給装置 2012の構成を簡素化して低価格化を図 れることができる。  [0196] Therefore, in comparison with a so-called conveyance roller type configuration in which a pickup roller is rolled and carried out on the surface of the uppermost planographic printing plate in a bundle of a plurality of stacked planographic printing plates, which is conventionally used. , A so-called lithographic plate transport height adjustment mechanism is no longer required to lift the bundle of lithographic plates stored in the printing plate supply cassette and press the uppermost lithographic plate against the pickup roller. The cost can be reduced by simplifying the configuration.
[0197] この操作部材 2206には、その長手方向両端部に、それぞれ昇降装置 2210を介し て、いわゆる首振り可能な状態で各サッカー 2202を装着する。この昇降装置 2210 は、制御部 2120で駆動制御されるァクチヱ一タ等を利用してサッカー 2202を、平版 刷版 2011の表面に密着させる吸着位置力 所定距離離間した持ち上げ位置まで 昇降操作可能に構成する。  [0197] The soccer member 2202 is attached to the operation member 2206 at both ends in the longitudinal direction via a lifting device 2210 in a so-called swingable state. This lifting / lowering device 2210 is configured so that it can be lifted and lowered to a lifting position separated by a predetermined distance by using an actuator or the like driven and controlled by the control unit 2120 to attract the soccer 2202 to the surface of the planographic printing plate 2011. To do.
[0198] サッカー 2202は、図 22、図 23乃至図 25に示すように、真空吸着用の吸盤装置と して構成するもので、真空吸着用の吸盤部を平版刷版 2011の上端部に沿うように長 細い形状 (例えば、長円形状)に形成する。このサッカー 2202は、吸盤本体 2201の 底部に当たる吸着面部を、長手方向に対して波打つように湾曲させて構成する。  [0198] As shown in Figs. 22 and 23 to 25, the football 2202 is configured as a suction cup device for vacuum suction, and the suction cup portion for vacuum suction runs along the upper end of the planographic printing plate 2011. Thus, it is formed in a long and thin shape (for example, an oval shape). This soccer 2202 is formed by curving the suction surface portion that hits the bottom of the suction cup body 2201 so as to wave in the longitudinal direction.
[0199] すなわち、この吸盤本体 2201の吸着面部には、吸着平面力も離間するように湾曲 した変形操作用の凹部 2201Aを、真空ホース 2226が接続される吸引口部 2224を 設ける部分に形成する。なお、このサッカー 2202では、吸盤本体 2201の吸着面の 中央部に、空気を吸引するための吸引口部 2224を配置する。 That is, the suction surface portion of the suction cup body 2201 is formed with a concave portion 2201A for deformation operation that is curved so as to separate the suction flat force in a portion where the suction port portion 2224 to which the vacuum hose 2226 is connected is provided. In this soccer 2202, the suction surface of the suction cup body 2201 A suction port 2224 for sucking air is disposed in the center.
[0200] さらに、この吸盤本体 2201の吸着面部には、吸盤本体 2201の長手方向両端部近 くにも、変形操作用の凹部 2201Aを形成する。さらに隣接する変形操作用の凹部 2 201Aの間には、湾曲した凸部 2201Bを滑らかにカーブして連続するよう形成し、吸 盤本体 2201の両端に当たる変形操作用の凹部 2201Aの端部を凸部 2201Bに形 成する。 [0200] Furthermore, a concave portion 2201A for deformation operation is formed in the suction surface portion of the suction cup body 2201 near both longitudinal ends of the suction cup body 2201. In addition, a curved convex portion 2201B is formed between the adjacent concave portions 2201A for deformation operation so as to be smoothly curved and continuous, and the end portions of the concave portion 2201A for deformation operation that hit both ends of the suction cup body 2201 are convex. Formed in part 2201B.
[0201] この吸盤本体 2201は、変形操作用の凹部 2201Aの最も凹んだ点と、凸部 2201B の最も突出した頂点との高低差を、 0. 6mmから 0. 9mmに構成する。  [0201] The suction cup main body 2201 is configured such that the height difference between the most recessed point of the recess 2201A for deformation operation and the most protruding apex of the protruding part 2201B is from 0.6 mm to 0.9 mm.
[0202] この変形操作用の凹部 2201Aは、吸盤本体 2201で平版刷版 2011を吸着したと きに、吸引口部 2224から空気を吸引したときの吸引力で変形操作用の凹部 2201A の湾曲形状に添わせるよう平版刷版 2011を弾性変形させるためのものである。よつ て、この吸盤本体 2201には、少なくとも 1つの変形操作用の凹部 2201Aを、真空ホ ース 2226に接続した吸引口部 2224がある部分に設ける。  [0202] The concave portion 2201A for the deformation operation is a curved shape of the concave portion 2201A for the deformation operation by the suction force when air is sucked from the suction port portion 2224 when the planographic printing plate 2011 is sucked by the suction cup body 2201. The planographic printing plate 2011 is elastically deformed so that Therefore, the suction cup body 2201 is provided with at least one deformation operation recess 2201A in a portion where the suction port 2224 connected to the vacuum hose 2226 is provided.
[0203] また、吸盤本体 2201の吸着面部には、その外周を取り囲むように一段高い枠状の 当接端縁部 2203を一体的に形成する。さらに、この吸盤本体 2201の吸着面部では 、当接端縁部 2203の内側を空気通路となる浅い溝状の底面部 2205に形成する。こ の底面部 2205の中央部には、吸引口部 2224を開口させる。  [0203] Further, the suction face portion of the suction cup body 2201 is integrally formed with a frame-shaped contact edge portion 2203 that is one step higher so as to surround the outer periphery thereof. Further, in the suction surface portion of the suction cup body 2201, the inner side of the contact edge portion 2203 is formed in a shallow groove-shaped bottom surface portion 2205 serving as an air passage. A suction port 2224 is opened at the center of the bottom surface 2205.
[0204] この吸盤本体 2201の吸着面部には、その当接端縁部 2203の外周側部力も斜め 外方に向けてスカート部 2202Aを一体的に形成する。このスカート部 2202Aは、波 形状の当接端縁部 2203と、平版刷版 2011の平面との間に介在して気密を保つ作 用を奏するように比較的柔ら力べ構成し、かつ当接端縁部 2203における波形状の高 低差に対応した長さを持つように構成する。このため、このスカート部 2202Aは、そ の厚さを 0. 3mm力ら 0. 5mmの薄いものに構成する。  [0204] On the suction surface portion of the suction cup body 2201, a skirt portion 2202A is integrally formed so that the outer peripheral side force of the abutting edge portion 2203 is also obliquely outward. This skirt portion 2202A is configured to be relatively soft so as to be interposed between the wavy contact edge portion 2203 and the flat surface of the planographic printing plate 2011 so as to maintain airtightness, and contact. The edge 2203 is configured to have a length corresponding to the height difference of the wave shape. For this reason, the skirt portion 2202A is configured to be as thin as 0.5 mm with a thickness of 0.3 mm.
[0205] また、サッカー 2202の吸引口部 2224には、真空ホース 2226の一端部を接続し、 真空ホース 2226の他端部を、制御部 2120で吸気操作を制御される吸気装置であ る真空ポンプ 2024に接続する。  [0205] Also, one end of a vacuum hose 2226 is connected to the suction port 2224 of the soccer 2202, and the other end of the vacuum hose 2226 is connected to a vacuum that is an intake device whose intake operation is controlled by the control unit 2120. Connect to pump 2024.
[0206] このサッカー 2202は、制御部 2120で真空ポンプ 2024を駆動制御し真空ホース 2 226を介してサッカー 2202の吸引口部 2224力 空気を吸引することにより、スカー ト部 2202Aに囲まれた波型形状の当接端縁部 2203に平版刷版 2011の表面が密 着するように吸着させ、平版刷版 2011が当接端縁部 2203の波形状に沿うように弾 性変形させて、この吸着された平版刷版 2011とその下にある平版刷版 2011との隙 間から容易に空気を流入させて真空密着を解除する捌き動作を適切に行うことがで きる。 [0206] The soccer 2202 is controlled by the controller 2120 to drive and control the vacuum pump 2024, and the suction port 2224 force of the soccer 2202 is sucked through the vacuum hose 2 226 to make the scar. So that the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 is adhered to the corrugated abutting edge 2203 surrounded by the ridge 2202A so that the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 adheres, and the lithographic printing plate 2011 follows the corrugated shape of the abutting edge 2203. It is possible to appropriately perform a rolling operation to release the vacuum contact by allowing air to easily flow from the gap between the adsorbed lithographic printing plate 2011 and the underlying lithographic printing plate 2011. wear.
[0207] また、このサッカー 2202では、スカート部 2202Aを薄く弾力を弱く構成しているの で、吸盤本体 2201の吸着面部にある変形操作用の凹部 2201Aと凸部 2201Bとに より形成される波形形状に沿わせるように平版刷版 2011を吸着したときに、吸着した 平版刷版 2011の端部がその下にある平版刷版 2011の表面に押し当てられて空気 の侵入を妨げるように変形することを抑制し、吸着した平版刷版 2011とその下の平 版刷版 2011との間に空気が入り易くすることができる。  [0207] In addition, in this soccer 2202, since the skirt portion 2202A is thin and weakly configured, the waveform formed by the concave portion 2201A and the convex portion 2201B for deformation operation on the suction surface portion of the suction cup body 2201. When the lithographic printing plate 2011 is adsorbed so that it conforms to the shape, the end of the adsorbed lithographic printing plate 2011 is pressed against the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 underneath to deform so as to prevent air from entering. This can prevent air from entering between the adsorbed lithographic printing plate 2011 and the lithographic printing plate 2011 below.
[0208] なお、スカート部 2202Aの弾力が強いと、吸盤本体 2201の端部から斜め外方に 向けて突出して 、るスカート部 2202Aによって、吸着されて 、る平版刷版 2011の端 部がその下にある平版刷版 2011の表面に押し当てられて吸盤形状に変形し、吸盤 の作用でその下の平版刷版 2011を吸着する虞がある。そこで、このサッカー 2202 では、スカート部 2202Aを薄く弾力を弱く構成することによって、この吸盤化現像を 防止する。  [0208] When the elasticity of the skirt portion 2202A is strong, the skirt portion 2202A protrudes obliquely outward from the end portion of the suction cup body 2201, and is adsorbed by the skirt portion 2202A. There is a risk that it will be pressed against the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 below and deformed into a suction cup shape, and the lithographic printing plate 2011 below may be adsorbed by the action of the suction cup. Therefore, in this soccer 2202, the skirt portion 2202A is made thin and weakly elastic to prevent this sucking development.
[0209] また、上述のように用いられるサッカー 2202は、印刷版供給カセット 2020内に載 置された平版刷版 2011の束における最も上に位置する平版刷版 2011を、矢印 A 方向に持ち上げるような捌き動作を行うためのものであるので真空ポンプの一回の駆 動時間が短ぐ空気の吸引能力も小さくて良いため、比較的小型で低出力の廉価な 真空ポンプを利用することができる。  [0209] Further, the football 2202 used as described above lifts the lithographic printing plate 2011 positioned in the bundle of lithographic printing plates 2011 placed in the printing plate supply cassette 2020 in the direction of arrow A. Since it is intended to perform a long-running operation, the vacuum pump needs only a short drive time, and the air suction capability may be small. Therefore, it is possible to use an inexpensive vacuum pump with a relatively small size and low output. .
[0210] このように構成されたサッカー 2202は、複数の合紙レス平版刷版 2011の束におけ る最上部位置にある搬出される平版刷版 2011の搬送方向先端(図で上端)から所 定の短 、距離 (吸着対象の先端力 スカートの先端までの距離)を置 、た位置に吸 着可能なように、ピックアップユニット 2200に配置する。本実施の形態では、平版刷 版 2011の先端からスカート部 2202Aの先端までの距離を 2mmから 10mmの範囲 内の距離に設定する。 [0211] 図 21に示すように、操作部材 2206には、その長手方向中央部に設けた U字状の 切欠部内に臨むように、搬出用ローラ 2146を配置する。この搬出用ローラ 2146は、 その回転軸 2212の両端部をそれぞれ操作部材 2206の裏面に突設された図示しな い軸受部材に回動自由に支受させて装着する。 [0210] The soccer 2202 constructed in this way is located from the leading end (upper end in the figure) of the transported lithographic printing plate 2011 at the uppermost position in a bundle of a plurality of interleaf-free lithographic printing plates 2011. A fixed short distance (distance to the tip of the skirt to be sucked) is placed on the pickup unit 2200 so that it can be sucked to the position. In the present embodiment, the distance from the tip of the lithographic printing plate 2011 to the tip of the skirt 2202A is set to a distance within the range of 2 mm to 10 mm. As shown in FIG. 21, the operation member 2206 is provided with a carry-out roller 2146 so as to face a U-shaped notch provided at the center in the longitudinal direction. The unloading roller 2146 is mounted so that both end portions of the rotating shaft 2212 are rotatably supported by bearing members (not shown) protruding from the back surface of the operation member 2206.
[0212] 図 17に示すように、この枚葉供給装置 2012では、搬送ローラ方式の搬出部を、搬 出ローラ 2147と搬出用ローラ 2146との間に平版刷版 2011を-ップした状態で搬出 ローラ 2147を回転駆動することにより、平版刷版 2011を搬出するように構成する。  [0212] As shown in FIG. 17, in this single wafer feeder 2012, the carry roller type carry-out section is in a state in which the lithographic printing plate 2011 is placed between the carry-out roller 2147 and the carry-out roller 2146. The lithographic printing plate 2011 is carried out by rotating the carry-out roller 2147.
[0213] 次に、上述した図 21に示す構成のピックアップユニット 2200による、複数の合紙レ ス平版刷版 2011の束における最上部位置にある搬出される平版刷版 2011を 1枚 づっ分離するように捌くため、この平版刷版の枚葉供給装置で実行する枚葉分離動 作と、この捌かれた平版刷版 2011を搬出する搬出動作について説明する。  Next, the picked-up unit 2200 having the configuration shown in FIG. 21 is used to separate the transported planographic printing plates 2011 at the uppermost position in a bundle of a plurality of interleaving paper printing planks 2011 one by one. Therefore, the sheet separation operation executed by the lithographic printing plate feeding apparatus and the unloading operation for unloading the lithographic printing plate 2011 will be described.
[0214] このピックアップユニット 2200は、制御部 2120で移動操作機構 2122を制御するこ とによって、図 17に矢印 Aで示す昇降動作による捌き動作と、矢印 Bで示す略水平 方向の往復動作による捌き動作と、矢印 Cで示す昇降動作による搬出のための動作 とを行う。  [0214] The pickup unit 2200 controls the moving operation mechanism 2122 with the control unit 2120, whereby the pick-up unit 2200 is driven by a lifting operation indicated by an arrow A in FIG. 17 and by a reciprocating operation in a substantially horizontal direction indicated by an arrow B. Perform the operation and the operation for unloading by the lifting operation indicated by arrow C.
[0215] このピックアップユニット 2200は、動作開始前に、サッカー 2202を搬出用ローラ 21 46の平版刷版 2011に対する当接レベル力 離間した所定の上昇位置に移動させ た状態で待機する。  [0215] This pickup unit 2200 stands by in a state where the soccer 2202 is moved to a predetermined ascending position separated by the contact level force of the carry-out roller 2146 with respect to the planographic printing plate 2011 before the operation is started.
[0216] 制御部 2120は、平版刷版 2011を一枚づっ分離して搬出する動作を開始する指 令を受けると、ピックアップユニット 2200を制御して、図 26のフローチャートに示す所 定の捌き動作を行う。  [0216] When the control unit 2120 receives an instruction to start separating and transporting the planographic printing plates 2011 one by one, the control unit 2120 controls the pickup unit 2200 to perform the predetermined rolling operation shown in the flowchart of FIG. I do.
[0217] この制御部 2120は、捌き動作の制御を開始するため移動操作機構 2122を駆動 制御して、ピックアップユニット 2200を退避位置で待機している状態から、合紙レス 平版刷版 2011の束上面に移動させる。  [0217] The control unit 2120 drives and controls the moving operation mechanism 2122 to start controlling the whirling operation, and from the state where the pickup unit 2200 is waiting at the retracted position, the bundle of interleaf-free planographic printing plates 2011 is obtained. Move to the top.
[0218] この動作の際、ピックアップユニット 2200では、その搬出用ローラ 2146が初めに最 も上に位置する平版刷版 2011の表面に当接する。 [0218] During this operation, in the pickup unit 2200, the carry-out roller 2146 first comes into contact with the surface of the planographic printing plate 2011 positioned at the top.
[0219] 次に、制御部 2120は、昇降装置 2210を駆動制御してサッカー 2202を平版刷版 2[0219] Next, the control unit 2120 controls the elevating device 2210 to drive the soccer 2202 to the planographic printing plate 2
011の表面に圧接させて捌き動作スタート状態にセットする。 [0220] 次に、制御部 2120は、図 26のフローチャートに示す捌き動作の制御を開始し、そ のステップ 30の密着開始工程で、真空ポンプ 2024の駆動を開始する。これにより、 真空ポンプ 2024は、駆動されて、真空ホース 2226を介してサッカー 2202の吸盤本 体 2201に設けた吸引口部 2224から空気を吸引することにより、底面部 2205とスカ ート部 2202Aとの内部を平版刷版 2011の搬送方向先端側端部から所定距離だけ 置いた位置の表面に吸着させる動作を開始し、次のステップ 31に移行する。 It is brought into pressure contact with the surface of 011 and is set to start operation. Next, control unit 2120 starts control of the whirling operation shown in the flowchart of FIG. 26, and starts driving vacuum pump 2024 in the close-contact start process of step 30. As a result, the vacuum pump 2024 is driven and sucks air from the suction port 2224 provided in the suction cup body 2201 of the soccer 2202 via the vacuum hose 2226, so that the bottom surface 2205 and the skirt 2202A are Starts the operation of adsorbing the inside of the lithographic printing plate on the surface at a predetermined distance from the end in the transport direction of the planographic printing plate 2011, and proceeds to the next step 31.
[0221] このステップ 31では、変形用の待機工程として、図 23に示すように吸盤本体 2201 の吸着面部にある変形操作用の凹部 2201Aと凸部 2201Bとにより形成される波形 形状に吸着された平版刷版 2011の形状がなじむようにする、変形待ち時間 (ここで は 3秒間)だけその位置を保って待機してから、次のステップ 32に移行する。  In this step 31, as a standby process for deformation, as shown in FIG. 23, it was adsorbed to the waveform shape formed by the concave portion 2201A and the convex portion 2201B for deformation operation on the adsorption surface portion of the suction cup body 2201. Allow the shape of lithographic printing plate 2011 to conform, wait for the deformation waiting time (here, 3 seconds) and wait for that position before proceeding to the next step 32.
[0222] このステップ 32では、空気導入用持ち上げ工程として、制御部 2120が移動操作機 構 2122を駆動制御し操作部材 2206を移動操作して、サッカー 2202と、これに吸着 されている平版刷版 2011とを、比較的遅い速度で持ち上げて、空気が平版刷版 20 11の間に入るきっかけを作る動作を行う。  [0222] In step 32, as the air introduction lifting process, the control unit 2120 controls the movement operation mechanism 2122 to move the operation member 2206 to move the soccer member 2202 and the planographic printing plate adsorbed thereto. 2011 is lifted at a relatively slow speed, and air is moved between the lithographic printing plates 20 11 to perform an operation.
[0223] このとき、平版刷版 2011は、その搬送方向先端側端部近くのサッカー 2202に吸 着された部分が当接端縁部 2203の波型形状に沿って弾性変形し、その下にある平 版刷版 2011の表面との間に空気が流入可能な比較的小さな開口が開いて密着が 部分的に解除された状態となる。  [0223] At this time, in the planographic printing plate 2011, the portion adsorbed to the soccer 2202 near the end in the conveying direction is elastically deformed along the corrugated shape of the contact edge portion 2203, and below it. A relatively small opening through which air can flow is opened between the surface of a certain lithographic printing plate 2011, and the contact is partially released.
[0224] これとともに、平版刷版 2011は、その搬送方向先端側端部近くの全幅に渡る部分 力 その中央部で搬出用ローラ 2146に押し下げられ、その両側部分で各サッカー 2 202によって持ち上げられて比較的大きなウェーブを描くように十分に弾性変形して 湾曲した図 25に示す状態となり、サッカー 2202に吸着された平版刷版 2011とその 下にある平版刷版 2011との間で少なくとも搬送方向先端の幅方向全体に渡って密 着が全面的に解除された状態となる。  [0224] At the same time, the lithographic printing plate 2011 has a partial force over the entire width near the end in the transport direction and is pushed down by the unloading roller 2146 at the center and lifted by each soccer 2 202 at both sides. At least the front end in the transport direction between the planographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 and the planographic printing plate 2011 below it is in the state shown in Fig. 25, which is sufficiently elastically deformed and curved to draw a relatively large wave. The entire area in the width direction is completely released from the adhesion.
[0225] 次に、ステップ 33へ進んで、昇降動作による捌き動作を行うあおり操作工程へ移行 し、制御部 2120は、移動操作機構 2122を駆動制御しピックアップユニット 2200を 上下に往復させるあおり操作をする。このあおり操作は、制御部 2120が移動操作機 構 2122を制御して、サッカー 2202とこれに吸着されている平版刷版 2011とを、比 較的に最も速い速度で、平版刷版 2011の表面から 70mmの高さへ持ち上げてから 平版刷版 2011の表面から 20mmの高さまで持ち下げると 、う一連の動作を 3回繰り 返して平版刷版 2011を煽ることにより捌く動作を行う。 [0225] Next, the routine proceeds to step 33, where the control unit 2120 shifts to the tilting operation step in which the lifting and lowering operation is performed, and the control unit 2120 performs the tilting operation that drives and controls the moving operation mechanism 2122 to reciprocate the pickup unit 2200 up and down. To do. In this tilting operation, the control unit 2120 controls the moving operation mechanism 2122 to compare the soccer 2202 and the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed thereto. If you lift the lithographic printing plate 2011 from the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 to a height of 70 mm and then lift it up to a height of 20 mm from the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011, the series of operations will be repeated three times. It works by hitting version 2011.
[0226] このようにサッカー 2202で吸着した平版刷版 2011に対してあおり操作を行うことに よって、搬出される平版刷版 2011は、その先端部が比較的小さな波型形状と比較 的大きなウェーブ形状とを同時に成すように弾性変形した状態で隙間を開け、その 下にある平版刷版 2011の表面に対して全幅に渡り離間した隙間から大量の空気を 取り入れながら、あおられることにより、サッカー 2202に吸着された平版刷版 2011と その下の平版刷版 2011との間に入った空気が平版刷版 2011の先端力も中央部に 向けて入ることにより密着を解除するように捌くので、サッカー 2202に吸着されてい る平版刷版 2011とその下にある平版刷版 2011とが密着されている状態を平版刷版 2011の先端から中央部にかけて解除する状態とし、次のステップ 34に移行する。  [0226] By performing the tilting operation on the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the soccer 2202, the lithographic printing plate 2011 to be carried out has a relatively large wave shape compared to a relatively small corrugated shape. A gap is opened in a state of being elastically deformed so as to form the shape at the same time, and soccer 2202 is heated by taking in a large amount of air from a gap that is separated from the surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011 below the entire width. Since the air that entered between the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the lithographic printing plate 2011 and the lithographic printing plate 2011 below it crawls to release the close contact with the tip force of the lithographic printing plate 2011 toward the center, football 2202 The state where the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed on the lithographic printing plate 2011 and the lithographic printing plate 2011 below it are in close contact with each other is released from the front to the center of the lithographic printing plate 2011, and the process proceeds to the next step 34.
[0227] ステップ 34では、略水平方向の動作による捌き動作としての全面離間用の捌きェ 程として、制御部 2120が移動操作機構 2122を駆動制御して、サッカー 2202で吸 着した平版刷版 2011を 70mmの高さへ持ち上げた状態から、搬送方向下流側へ向 けて略水平に 150mm程度の距離だけ移動させる。  [0227] In step 34, the lithographic printing plate 2011, in which the controller 2120 drives and controls the movement operation mechanism 2122 and adsorbs it by the football 2202, as a separation process for the entire surface as a separation operation by a substantially horizontal operation 2011 From the state of lifting to a height of 70 mm, move it approximately horizontally by a distance of about 150 mm toward the downstream side in the transport direction.
[0228] この平版刷版 2011の先端部をサッカー 2202で吸着して 70mmの高さへ持ち上げ た状態で略水平方向に 150mm程度移動させる動作は、平版刷版 2011の厚さに対 応した比較的速!、所要の速度で行う。  [0228] The movement of approximately 150 mm in the horizontal direction with the top of this lithographic printing plate 2011 being sucked with soccer 2202 and lifted to a height of 70 mm is a comparison corresponding to the thickness of the lithographic printing plate 2011 Fast !, at the required speed.
[0229] このサッカー 2202で吸着された平版刷版 2011を搬送方向下流側へ向けて略水 平に移動する動作では、搬出する平版刷版 2011の後端側部分とこれに隣接して印 刷版供給カセット 2020内に残されるべき平版刷版 2011との間に空気が押し込まれ て搬出する平版刷版 2011の搬送方向後端側部分の密着を解除するように捌く。  [0229] In the operation of moving the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 substantially horizontally toward the downstream side in the conveyance direction, printing is performed adjacent to the rear end side portion of the lithographic printing plate 2011 to be unloaded. Plate feeding cassette 2020 is moved so as to release the close contact of the rear end portion in the transport direction of the planographic printing plate 2011 that is pushed out with the planographic printing plate 2011 to be left in the plate feeding cassette 2020.
[0230] さらに、このサッカー 2202で吸着された平版刷版 2011を搬送方向下流側へ向け て略水平に移動する動作では、搬出する平版刷版 2011の後端側部分の上方にあ る空気が希薄となって引き上げるように吸引する作用によって搬出する平版刷版 201 1の搬送方向後端側部分をその下の平版刷版 2011から引き離すように捌く。  [0230] Further, in the operation of moving the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 substantially horizontally toward the downstream side in the transport direction, the air above the rear end portion of the lithographic printing plate 2011 to be carried out is removed. The rear end portion of the planographic printing plate 2011, which is carried out by being sucked so as to be diluted and pulled out, is moved so as to be separated from the lower planographic printing plate 2011.
[0231] また、このサッカー 2202で吸着された平版刷版 2011は、搬送方向下流側へ向け て略水平に移動する動作によって、その全底面側が隣接する平版刷版 2011の表面 上を離間しながら摺動することによって、全面的に密着状態が解除される。 [0231] The planographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 is directed downstream in the transport direction. By moving horizontally, the entire bottom surface side slides apart on the surface of the adjacent lithographic printing plate 2011, so that the contact state is completely released.
[0232] 次に、制御部 2120は、ステップ 35へ進んで、降下動作による搬出準備工程へ移 行し、制御部 2120が移動操作機構 2122を駆動制御しピックアップユニット 2200を 降下させて、サッカー 2202に吸着されている平版刷版 2011の先端部を、図示しな い駆動モータで回動されるゴムローラ製の搬出ローラ 2147上におき、搬出ローラ 21 47と搬出用ローラ 2146との間に平版刷版 2011を-ップした状態とし、次のステップ 36に移行する。 [0232] Next, the control unit 2120 proceeds to step 35 and proceeds to the unloading preparation process by the descent operation. The control unit 2120 controls the movement operation mechanism 2122 to lower the pickup unit 2200, and the soccer 2202 The tip of the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed on the roller is placed on a rubber roller carry-out roller 2147 that is rotated by a drive motor (not shown), and the lithographic printing plate is placed between the carry-out roller 2147 and the carry-out roller 2146. Move on to version 36 and move to next step 36.
[0233] 次に、制御部 2120は、ステップ 36へ進んで搬出工程へ移行し、制御部 2120が真 空ポンプ 2024を停止させ大気に開放する電磁弁を開いてサッカー 2202内の負圧 を大気圧に戻すことにより、サッカー 2202の吸着状態を解除して平版刷版 2011を 開放し、さらに昇降装置 2210を駆動制御して、サッカー 2202を平版刷版 2011から 離間した所定の上昇位置に移動させる。  [0233] Next, the control unit 2120 proceeds to step 36 and proceeds to the unloading process, where the control unit 2120 stops the vacuum pump 2024 and opens an electromagnetic valve that opens to the atmosphere to increase the negative pressure in the football 2202. By returning to the atmospheric pressure, the suction state of the soccer 2202 is released to release the planographic printing plate 2011, and the elevator 2210 is driven and controlled to move the soccer 2202 to a predetermined ascending position separated from the planographic printing plate 2011. .
[0234] この後、制御部 2120は、搬出ローラ 2147の図示しない駆動モータを駆動制御し て、搬出ローラ 2147と搬出用ローラ 2146との間に-ップされた平版刷版 2011をィ ンナードラム露光装置 2014へ搬送するための搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構へ向けて搬 出する。  [0234] Thereafter, the control unit 2120 controls the drive motor (not shown) of the carry-out roller 2147 to drive the planographic printing plate 2011 placed between the carry-out roller 2147 and the carry-out roller 2146 to the inner drum. Carry out toward the conveyor belt winding mechanism for transporting to the device 2014.
[0235] このように、一枚の平版刷版 2011を搬出ローラ 2147と搬出用ローラ 2146との間 に-ップして搬出する場合には、平版刷版 2011同士が摺接して擦れ傷が発生する 事態を解消できる。  [0235] As described above, when one lithographic printing plate 2011 is unloaded between the unloading roller 2147 and the unloading roller 2146, the lithographic printing plates 2011 are in sliding contact with each other, and scratches are caused. The situation that occurs can be resolved.
[0236] なお、上述した一枚の平版刷版 2011の搬出動作が完了すると、制御部 2120は、 移動操作機構 2122を駆動制御して、ピックアップユニット 2200を待機位置に復帰さ せて次の搬送動作に備える。  [0236] When the above-described carry-out operation of one lithographic printing plate 2011 is completed, the control unit 2120 drives and controls the moving operation mechanism 2122 to return the pickup unit 2200 to the standby position and perform the next conveyance. Prepare for operation.
[0237] すなわち、前述したピックアップユニット 2200を利用して平版刷版 2011を 1枚づっ 分離するように捌く枚葉分離動作と、この捌かれた平版刷版 2011を搬出する搬出動 作では、捌き第 1段階として、印刷版供給カセット 2020に収納された最上位の平版 刷版 2011をサッカー 2202の真空吸着により吸い付け、サッカー 2202の吸着面を 波型形状にした構成によって、平版刷版 2011のサッカー 2202が密着した直下の部 分で捌く(空気流入のきっかけを作る)。 [0237] That is, in the sheet separation operation of separating the lithographic printing plates 2011 one by one using the pickup unit 2200 described above and the unloading operation of unloading the lithographic printing plates 2011, As the first step, the top planographic printing plate 2011 stored in the printing plate supply cassette 2020 is sucked by the vacuum suction of the soccer 2202, and the suction surface of the soccer 2202 is formed into a corrugated shape. The part directly under the football 2202 Whisper in minutes (to create an air inflow).
[0238] 次に、この枚葉分離動作及び搬出動作では、捌き第 2段階として、平版刷版 2011 をサッカー 2202で吸着して持ち上げたときに、平版刷版 2011に吸着したサッカー 2 202の高さ位置と、搬出用ローラ 2146が平版刷版 2011に当接する高さ位置との高 低差により、平版刷版 2011の先端付近を捌く。  [0238] Next, in this sheet separation operation and unloading operation, as a second stage of rolling, when the lithographic printing plate 2011 is adsorbed and lifted by the football 2202, the height of the soccer 2 202 adsorbed on the lithographic printing plate 2011 is increased. Due to the height difference between the vertical position and the height position at which the unloading roller 2146 comes into contact with the planographic printing plate 2011, the vicinity of the tip of the planographic printing plate 2011 is scratched.
[0239] 次に、この枚葉分離動作及び搬出動作では、捌き第 3段階として、サッカー 2202 で吸着した平版刷版 2011をピックアップユニット 2200の動作によって吸着面力も例 えば 70mmの高さまで持ち上げてから 20mmの高さまで持ち下げるという一連の動 作を 3回繰り返して平版刷版 2011をあおることで、密着した平版刷版 2011の中央 付近を捌く。  [0239] Next, in this single wafer separation operation and unloading operation, as the third stage of rolling, the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 is lifted to a height of 70 mm, for example, by the operation of the pickup unit 2200. By repeating the series of operations of lowering to a height of 20 mm three times and scratching the lithographic printing plate 2011, the area around the center of the lithographic printing plate 2011 in close contact is crawled.
[0240] 次に、この枚葉分離動作及び搬出動作では、捌き第 4段階として、例えば、サッカ 一 2202を吸着面から 70mmの高さに位置させた状態でピックアップユニット 2200を 略水平に移動し、搬出用ローラ 2146の上方で停止させる動作によって密着した平 版刷版 2011の後端部分を捌く。  [0240] Next, in this single wafer separation operation and unloading operation, as the fourth stage of rolling, for example, the pickup unit 2200 is moved substantially horizontally with the sucker 2202 positioned at a height of 70 mm from the suction surface. Then, the rear end portion of the lithographic printing plate 2011 adhered by the operation of stopping above the unloading roller 2146 is rolled.
[0241] 次に、この枚葉分離動作及び搬出動作では、ピックアップユニット 2200を下降させ て、搬出用ローラ 2146と搬出ローラ 2147とで平版刷版 2011を-ップする状態とし て力も搬出ローラ 2147を回動して平版刷版 2011を搬出するという動作を行う。  [0241] Next, in this sheet separation operation and unloading operation, the pickup unit 2200 is lowered and the lithographic printing plate 2011 is pushed up by the unloading roller 2146 and the unloading roller 2147. Rotate to carry out the planographic printing plate 2011.
[0242] 次に、上述したピックアップユニット 2200による、複数の合紙レス平版刷版 2011の 束における最上部位置にある搬出される平版刷版 2011を 1枚づっ分離して搬出す る動作をより確実に実行できるようにするための部について説明する。  [0242] Next, the pick-up unit 2200 performs the operation of separating and carrying out the lithographic printing plates 2011 that are carried out at the uppermost position in a bundle of a plurality of interleaf-free lithographic printing plates 2011 one by one. A section for ensuring the execution will be described.
[0243] この上述したピックアップユニット 2200による搬出動作では、サッカー 2202で吸着 した平版刷版 2011を搬送方向下流側へ向けて略水平に移動する動作の際に、そ の下隣接する平版刷版 2011が引きずられて搬出される虞がある。  [0243] In this unloading operation by the pickup unit 2200, the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 moves substantially horizontally toward the downstream side in the transport direction, and the adjacent lithographic printing plate 2011 is located below. May be dragged out.
[0244] そこで、図 19に示すように、平版刷版 2011をより確実に 1枚づっ分離する部では、 印刷版供給カセット 2020における搬送方向下流側の所定位置に、サッカー 2202で 吸着した平版刷版 2011の持ち上げ位置以下の所定高さを持つ突片状 (壁状でも良 V、)のストッパ 2025を配置する。  [0244] Therefore, as shown in FIG. 19, in the section where the lithographic printing plates 2011 are more reliably separated one by one, the lithographic printing adsorbed by the football 2202 at a predetermined position on the downstream side in the conveying direction of the printing plate supply cassette 2020. Place a protruding piece-like (wall-like or V) stopper 2025 with a predetermined height below the lifting position of the plate 2011.
[0245] このようにストッパ 2025を設けた場合には、サッカー 2202で吸着した平版刷版 20 11を略水平に移動した際に、その下に隣接する平版刷版 2011が搬送方向下流側 へ向けて移動しょうとしても、ストッパ 2025に当たって制止されるので、サッカー 220[0245] When the stopper 2025 is provided in this way, the lithographic printing plate 20 adsorbed by the football 2202 is used. When the lithographic printing plate 2011 adjacent to it is moved to the downstream side in the transport direction when it is moved almost horizontally, it will be stopped by hitting the stopper 2025.
2で吸着した平版刷版 2011だけをより確実に搬出できる。 Only the planographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed in 2 can be transported more reliably.
[0246] また、平版刷版 2011をより確実に 1枚づっ分離する部では、図 20に示すように、 印刷版供給カセット 2020の搬送方向下流側近傍の所定位置に、エアブロアのノズ ル 2027を配置して構成する。 [0246] Further, in the part that separates the lithographic printing plates 2011 more reliably one by one, as shown in Fig. 20, the air blower nozzle 2027 is placed at a predetermined position near the downstream side in the transport direction of the printing plate supply cassette 2020. Arrange and configure.
[0247] このように構成した場合には、サッカー 2202で吸着した平版刷版 2011を搬送方 向下流側へ向けて略水平に移動する動作の際に、このサッカー 2202で吸着した平 版刷版 2011とその下に隣接する平版刷版 2011との間に空気を吹き付けることによ り、これらの間を引き剥がして離間させ、サッカー 2202で吸着した平版刷版 2011だ けをより確実に搬出できる。 [0247] In the case of such a configuration, the lithographic printing plate adsorbed by the football 2202 during the operation of moving the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by the football 2202 substantially horizontally toward the downstream side in the transport direction. By blowing air between 2011 and the adjacent lithographic printing plate 2011, the space between them can be peeled away, allowing only the lithographic printing plate 2011 adsorbed by soccer 2202 to be transported more reliably. .
[0248] 図 16に示すように、この枚葉供給装置 2012では、前述したようにピックアップュ- ット 2200によって 1枚だけ分離した平版刷版 2011を搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構へ送 給する。 As shown in FIG. 16, in this sheet feeding device 2012, the lithographic printing plate 2011 separated by the pickup unit 2200 as described above is fed to the conveyor belt winding mechanism.
[0249] この搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構には、各平版刷版 2011をインナードラム露光装置 20 14へ搬送するために、主搬送ベルト 2148を張架した主搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 21 50と、副搬送ベルト 2152を張架した副搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 2154とを設置する  [0249] This transport belt winding mechanism includes a main transport belt winding mechanism 2150 that stretches a main transport belt 2148 and a sub-transport to transport each lithographic printing plate 2011 to the inner drum exposure device 2014. Install the sub-transport belt winding mechanism 2154 with the belt 2152
[0250] この主搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 2150は、平版刷版 2011の搬入位置から、インナ 一ドラム露光装置 2014への搬出位置との間に搬送ベルト 148を張架して搬送路を 構成する。 [0250] This main transport belt winding mechanism 2150 forms a transport path by stretching the transport belt 148 between the transport position of the planographic printing plate 2011 and the transport position to the inner drum exposure apparatus 2014.
[0251] また、副搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 154は、主搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 150における 主搬送ベルト 148の下側に設定される搬送路の一部を共用して搬送中の平版刷版 2 011が脱落することを防止するよう構成する。  [0251] Further, the sub-transport belt winding mechanism 154 shares a part of the transport path set on the lower side of the main transport belt 148 in the main transport belt winding mechanism 150 to share the planographic printing plate being transported 2 011 Is configured to prevent falling off.
[0252] このため、副搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 154は、主搬送ベルト 148における、搬出口 ーラ 2147から搬出された各平版刷版 2011の先端が突き当てられるガイド範囲より 搬送方向下流側の中間ローラ 2156から、主搬送ベルト 2148の下側に設定される搬 送路の出口に近い中間ローラ 2158の区間で、主搬送ベルト 2148と畐 IJ搬送ベルト 2 152とが添うようになって走行するよう巻き掛けて構成する。 [0252] For this reason, the sub-transport belt winding mechanism 154 is provided in the middle of the main transport belt 148 on the downstream side in the transport direction from the guide range where the leading end of each lithographic printing plate 2011 transported from the transport outlet roller 2147 is abutted. Between the roller 2156 and the intermediate roller 2158 near the exit of the transport path set under the main transport belt 2148, the main transport belt 2148 and the IJ transport belt 2 Wrapped to run along with 152.
[0253] このように構成された主搬送ベルト巻き掛け機構 2150では、搬出用ローラ 2146と 搬出ローラ 2147とに-ップされて搬出された平版刷版 2011の先端が、主搬送ベル ト 2148における先端の第 1ローラ 2151と中間ローラ 2156との間に張架された部分 に相当するガイド範囲 2148Aに当たり、主搬送ベルト 2148の走行動作に従って中 間ローラ 2156側へ搬送される。  In the main conveyance belt winding mechanism 2150 configured as described above, the front end of the lithographic printing plate 2011 unloaded onto the carry-out roller 2146 and the carry-out roller 2147 is transferred to the main conveyance belt 2148. It hits a guide range 2148A corresponding to a portion stretched between the first roller 2151 and the intermediate roller 2156 at the tip, and is conveyed toward the intermediate roller 2156 side according to the traveling operation of the main conveying belt 2148.
[0254] そして、先端を主搬送ベルト 2148にガイドされた平版刷版 2011は、中間ローラ 21 56の位置で、主搬送ベルト 2148と副搬送ベルト 2152との間に挟み込まれて挟持さ れた状態で搬送路上を搬送され、出口に近い中間ローラ 2158の位置で挟持状態を 開放され、インナードラム露光装置 2014へ搬入される。  [0254] Then, the planographic printing plate 2011 whose leading end is guided by the main transport belt 2148 is sandwiched between the main transport belt 2148 and the sub transport belt 2152 at the position of the intermediate roller 2156. Then, it is transported on the transport path, released from the nipping state at the position of the intermediate roller 2158 close to the exit, and carried into the inner drum exposure device 2014.
[0255] この CTPシステムにおけるインナードラム露光装置 2014は、円弧内周面形状(円 筒内周面の一部を構成する形状)の支持体 2134を母体として構成されており、この 支持体 2134の内周面に沿って平版刷版 2011を支持するようになつて!、る。  [0255] The inner drum exposure apparatus 2014 in this CTP system is configured with a support body 2134 having an arc inner peripheral surface shape (a shape constituting a part of a cylinder inner peripheral surface) as a base body. Support the planographic printing plate 2011 along the inner circumference! RU
[0256] このインナードラム露光装置 2014では、図示しない真空吸着部によって、未記録 の記録媒体である平版刷版 2011を支持体 134の内周面に確実に密着させて沿わ せた状態に保持してから露光処理を行う。  [0256] In this inner drum exposure apparatus 2014, the lithographic printing plate 2011, which is an unrecorded recording medium, is held in a state of being in close contact with the inner peripheral surface of the support 134 by a vacuum suction unit (not shown). After that, the exposure process is performed.
[0257] このインナードラム露光装置 2014では、支持体 134の円弧中心位置に、光ビーム 偏向器としてのスピナ一ミラー装置 136を配設する。このスピナ一ミラー装置 136は、 反射鏡部材 (スピナ一ミラー) 138を頂面に配置した回転軸 140を、図示しない制御 部のスピナ一ドライバによって回転制御がされる駆動源としてのモータによって高速 回転可能に構成する。このスピナ一ミラー装置 136では、回転軸 140の回転中心軸 を支持体 134の円弧中心軸と一致するように構成する。  In this inner drum exposure apparatus 2014, a spinner mirror device 136 as a light beam deflector is disposed at the center of the arc of the support 134. This spinner mirror device 136 rotates a rotating shaft 140 having a reflecting mirror member (spinner mirror) 138 on its top surface by a motor as a drive source whose rotation is controlled by a spinner driver of a control unit (not shown). Configure as possible. The spinner mirror device 136 is configured such that the rotation center axis of the rotation shaft 140 coincides with the arc center axis of the support 134.
[0258] このスピナ一ミラー装置 136では、光源側の光学系から投射された光ビームを、回 動する反射鏡部材 138の反射鏡面に反射させて平版刷版 2011の感光面に対して 主走査方向への走査露光を行う。  In this spinner mirror device 136, the light beam projected from the optical system on the light source side is reflected by the reflecting mirror surface of the rotating reflecting mirror member 138 to perform main scanning with respect to the photosensitive surface of the lithographic printing plate 2011. Scan exposure in the direction is performed.
[0259] このスピナ一ミラー装置 136は、図示しない副走査移動部によって、支持体 134の 円弧中心軸の軸線方向(図 16の表面から裏面に貫通する方向)に等速度で移動制 御されることにより副走査する。 [0260] このためスピナ一ミラー装置 2136では、制御部のスピナ一ドライバによって、その モータの回転制御がされると共に、図示しない副走査移動部により副走査方向に移 動制御される。 This spinner mirror device 136 is controlled to move at a constant speed in the axial direction of the arc central axis of the support 134 (direction penetrating from the front surface to the back surface in FIG. 16) by a sub-scanning moving unit (not shown). Thus, the sub-scan is performed. Therefore, in the spinner mirror device 2136, the rotation of the motor is controlled by the spinner driver of the control unit, and the movement is controlled in the sub scanning direction by the sub scanning moving unit (not shown).
[0261] このように構成されたスピナ一ミラー装置 2136は、光源側の光学系から投射され画 像情報に応じて変調された光ビームを、回動する反射鏡部材 2138の反射鏡面に反 射させて主走査方向への走査露光を行いながら、スピナ一ミラー装置 2136を副走 查方向へ移動することによって、平版刷版 2011の記録面全面に対して 2次元の画 像を記録する処理を行う。  [0261] The spinner mirror device 2136 configured as described above reflects a light beam, which is projected from the optical system on the light source side and modulated in accordance with image information, onto the reflecting mirror surface of the rotating reflecting mirror member 2138. The two-dimensional image is recorded on the entire recording surface of the planographic printing plate 2011 by moving the spinner mirror device 2136 in the sub-scanning direction while performing scanning exposure in the main scanning direction. Do.
[0262] この CTPシステムに設けるバッファ装置 2016は、インナードラム露光装置 2014で 露光処理された平版刷版 2011を、搬送速度を調整することによって所要のタイミン グで現像処理装置 2018へ搬入する機能を有する。  [0262] The buffer device 2016 provided in this CTP system has a function to bring the planographic printing plate 2011 exposed by the inner drum exposure device 2014 into the development processing device 2018 at the required timing by adjusting the transport speed. Have.
[0263] 現像処理装置 2018は、搬入されて来た露光済の平版刷版 2011に対する現像処 理を行って潜像を顕像化して印刷版を製版する。  [0263] The development processing unit 2018 performs a development process on the exposed lithographic printing plate 2011 that has been carried in, visualizes the latent image, and makes a printing plate.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 一方の平版刷版表面の感光面上に他方の平版刷版の裏面を直接接触させて積層 した状態で運搬や保管が可能な特性を持つ前記平版刷版が所定複数枚重ねられて 束にされたものを装填した状態で、前記平版刷版の束における最上位の前記平版 刷版を、その下の前記平版刷版から引き上げる操作を行う捌き操作部と、  [1] A plurality of the above-described lithographic printing plates having characteristics that can be transported and stored in a state where the back surface of the other lithographic printing plate is directly contacted and laminated on the photosensitive surface of one lithographic printing plate In a state in which a bundle is loaded, a firing operation unit that performs an operation of pulling up the uppermost lithographic printing plate in the lithographic printing plate bundle from the lithographic printing plate therebelow,
前記最上位の平版刷版とその下の前記平版刷版との間に挿入された使用状態と、 前記最上位の平版刷版とその下の前記平版刷版との間から離脱した待機位置との 間を移動可能に装着された、低摩擦係数の材料で形成された搬送抵抗力低減部材 と、  A use state inserted between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below the uppermost lithographic printing plate; a standby position separated from between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate below the uppermost lithographic printing plate; A conveyance resistance reducing member formed of a material with a low coefficient of friction, mounted movably between
前記捌き操作部で最上位の前記平版刷版を引き上げた状態のときに、前記搬送抵 抗カ低減部材を前記最上位の平版刷版とその下の前記平版刷版との間に挿入して 使用状態とする入出操作部と、  When the uppermost planographic printing plate is pulled up by the rolling operation unit, the conveyance resistance reducing member is inserted between the uppermost planographic printing plate and the lower planographic printing plate. The entry / exit operation unit to be used,
前記最上位の平版刷版とその下の前記平版刷版との間に前記搬送抵抗力低減部 材が挿入された使用状態にぉ ヽて、前記最上位の平版刷版における前記搬送抵抗 力低減部材に対応した範囲に転接して、前記最上位の平版刷版を前記搬送抵抗力 低減部材の上を摺動させながら搬出する搬出用ローラと、  The conveyance resistance reduction in the uppermost lithographic printing plate is achieved in a state where the conveyance resistance reduction member is inserted between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate therebelow. An unloading roller that rolls in contact with a range corresponding to the member and unloads the uppermost lithographic printing plate while sliding on the conveying resistance reducing member;
を有することを特徴とする平版刷版の自動供給装置。  An apparatus for automatically supplying a lithographic printing plate, comprising:
[2] 前記平版刷版の静電気を逃がすため、前記搬送抵抗力低減部材を、アース線を 介して電気的に接地するよう構成したことを特徴とする請求項 1に記載の平版刷版の 自動供給装置。  [2] The automatic lithographic printing plate according to claim 1, wherein the conveyance resistance reducing member is configured to be electrically grounded via a ground wire in order to release static electricity of the lithographic printing plate. Feeding device.
[3] 前記捌き操作部が前記最上位の平版刷版を引き上げることによって、その下の前 記平版刷版との間に所定間隔の空間を作って空気を導入し、これらの間の真空密着 状態を解消してから前記最上位の平版刷版を前記搬送抵抗力低減部材の上へ置く ことにより、前記最上位の平版刷版とその下の前記平版刷版との間に挟まった前記 搬送抵抗力低減部材の周囲に空間を作り、静電気の影響を軽減させ、真空密着を 防ぎ、搬送抵抗を低減させるように構成したことを特徴とする請求項 1又は請求項 2に 記載の平版刷版の自動供給装置。  [3] When the firing operation unit pulls up the uppermost lithographic printing plate, a space of a predetermined interval is created between the lithographic printing plate below and the vacuum contact between them is introduced. After the state has been eliminated, the transport of the uppermost lithographic printing plate sandwiched between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate therebelow is placed on the transporting resistance reducing member. The lithographic printing plate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein a space is created around the resistance reducing member to reduce the influence of static electricity, to prevent vacuum adhesion, and to reduce conveyance resistance. Automatic feeding device.
[4] 一方の平版刷版表面の感光面上に他方の平版刷版の裏面を直接接触させて積層 した状態で運搬や保管が可能な特性を持つ前記平版刷版が所定複数枚重ねられて 束にされたものを装填した状態で、前記平版刷版の束における最上位の前記平版 刷版を、その下の前記平版刷版力 捌き位置まで引き上げる操作が可能な捌き操作 部と、 [4] Laminate by bringing the back side of the other lithographic printing plate into direct contact with the photosensitive surface of one lithographic printing plate In a state in which a plurality of the lithographic printing plates having the characteristics that can be transported and stored in a state of being stacked are loaded in a bundle, a top lithographic printing plate in the lithographic printing plate bundle is loaded. The stencil operating part under which the lithographic printing plate squeezing force can be pulled up to the squeezing position;
前記捌き操作部で最上位の前記平版刷版を捌き位置まで引き上げた際に薄板状 の保護部材を取り付けた操作軸部材を回動制御することにより当該保護部材を前記 最上位の平版刷版とその下の前記平版刷版との間に挿入した挿入状態とし、前記捌 き操作部で最上位の前記平版刷版を落下させる捌き解除動作をした際に前記保護 部材が前記最上位の平版刷版の下の前記平版刷版上に移動し、前記最上位の平 版刷版を搬出後に前記保護部材を待機位置に復帰させるように前記操作軸部材を 回動制御する挿入調整操作装置と、  When the uppermost lithographic printing plate is pulled up to the squeezed position by the squeezing operation section, the protective shaft is controlled by rotating the operation shaft member to which a thin plate-like protective member is attached. The protective member is inserted into the uppermost lithographic printing plate when the uppermost lithographic printing plate is inserted into the inserted lithographic printing plate and the uppermost lithographic printing plate is dropped by the squeezing operation unit. An insertion adjustment operating device that moves on the lithographic printing plate under the plate and rotates the operation shaft member so as to return the protective member to the standby position after carrying out the uppermost lithographic printing plate;
前記最上位の平版刷版とその下の前記平版刷版との間に前記保護部材が挿入さ れた挿入状態にぉ ヽて、前記最上位の平版刷版における前記保護部材に対応した 範囲に転接して、前記最上位の平版刷版を前記保護部材の上を摺動させながら搬 出する搬出用ローラと、  In the state corresponding to the protective member in the uppermost lithographic printing plate, the protective member is inserted between the uppermost lithographic printing plate and the lithographic printing plate therebelow. An unloading roller for rolling and unloading the uppermost lithographic printing plate while sliding on the protective member;
を有することを特徴とする平版刷版の自動供給装置。  An apparatus for automatically supplying a lithographic printing plate, comprising:
前記挿入調整操作装置が、  The insertion adjustment operating device is
摺動摩擦抵抗が小さい材料を所要の剛性を持つ薄板状に形成した前記保護部材 と、  The protective member formed of a material having a small sliding friction resistance in a thin plate shape having a required rigidity;
前記保護部材を先端部に取り付けた前記操作軸部材と、  The operation shaft member having the protective member attached to the tip thereof;
前記操作軸部材を軸方向に摺動可能に装着したハウジングと、  A housing in which the operation shaft member is slidably mounted in the axial direction;
前記操作軸部材の前記ハウジング内の所定位置に設けた制止部材と、 前記制止部材と前記ハウジングの壁との間に架設され、前記制止部材で制止され る位置まで前記操作軸部材を延出させるように付勢するばねと、  A stop member provided at a predetermined position in the housing of the operation shaft member, and is extended between the stop member and the wall of the housing, and extends the operation shaft member to a position where it is stopped by the stop member. A spring energizing
前記操作軸部材における前記保護部材を設けた端部と反対側の端部に対して、相 対的に回動不能でかつ回転軸方向へ相対的に移動可能となるよう接続された連動 部材と、  An interlocking member connected to the end of the operation shaft member opposite to the end provided with the protection member so as to be relatively unrotatable and relatively movable in the direction of the rotation axis; ,
前記連動部材を回転駆動する駆動操作モータと、 を具備することを特徴とする請求項 4に記載の平版刷版の自動供給装置。 A drive operation motor that rotationally drives the interlocking member; 5. The lithographic printing plate automatic supply apparatus according to claim 4, further comprising:
[6] 前記保護部材を、前記搬出用ローラが前記最上位の平版刷版上に圧接したときの 圧接力が働く範囲以上の大きさに形成したことを特徴とする請求項 4に記載の平版 刷版の自動供給装置。 6. The lithographic plate according to claim 4, wherein the protective member is formed in a size larger than a range in which a pressing force is exerted when the carry-out roller is pressed against the uppermost lithographic printing plate. Automatic plate feeder.
[7] 前記保護部材を、前記搬出用ローラが前記最上位の平版刷版上に圧接したときの 圧接力が働く範囲以上の大きさに形成したことを特徴とする請求項 5に記載の平版 刷版の自動供給装置。  [7] The lithographic plate according to claim 5, wherein the protective member is formed to have a size larger than a range in which a pressing force acts when the carrying-out roller is pressed against the uppermost lithographic printing plate. Automatic plate feeder.
[8] —方の平版刷版の表面上に他方の平版刷版の裏面を直接接触させて積層するこ とにより前記平版刷版が所定複数枚重ねられて束にされたものが、略水平に保持し た状態でセットされる格納装置と、  [8] —A laminate in which a predetermined number of the lithographic printing plates are stacked on the surface of the other lithographic printing plate by directly contacting the back surface of the other lithographic printing plate to form a bundle. A storage device that is set while being held in
前記略水平にセットされた平版刷版の束における最も上に位置する前記平版刷版 に対して、波打つように湾曲させて形成した吸着面部で吸着することにより最上位の 前記平版刷版の直下の前記平版刷版が密着しな 、ように捌くサッカーと、  Directly below the topmost lithographic printing plate by adsorbing at the adsorption surface portion formed by curving so that the lithographic printing plate located at the top of the bundle of lithographic printing plates set substantially horizontally The lithographic printing plate of
前記略水平にセットされた平版刷版の束における最上位の前記平版刷版に対して 転接可能に装着した搬出用ローラと、  A carry-out roller mounted so as to be capable of rolling contact with the uppermost lithographic printing plate in a bundle of lithographic printing plates set substantially horizontally;
前記サッカーで吸着した最上位の前記平版刷版を、所定高さ位置に持ち上げてか ら搬送方向下流側の搬出ローラ上へ横に搬送し、当該搬出ローラ上に最上位の前 記平版刷版を降下させて前記搬出用ローラとの間にニップさせ、前記搬出ローラと搬 出用ローラとで-ップして転接することにより搬出可能とさせるように操作する移動操 作部と、  The uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by the soccer is lifted to a predetermined height position and then transported horizontally onto a carry-out roller on the downstream side in the carrying direction, and the uppermost lithographic printing plate on the carry-out roller. A moving operation unit that is operated so as to be able to be carried out by lowering and niping between the carry-out roller and the unloading roller and the carry-out roller.
を有することを特徴とする平版刷版の自動供給装置。  An apparatus for automatically supplying a lithographic printing plate, comprising:
[9] 前記搬出用ローラを、前記サッカーで吸着して最上位の前記平版刷版を持ち上げ た際に前記サッカーとの間で高低差を作ることにより最上位の前記平版刷版の直下 の前記平版刷版が密着しないように捌くよう装着したことを特徴とする請求項 8に記 載の平版刷版の自動供給装置。  [9] When the carry-out roller is attracted by the soccer and the uppermost lithographic printing plate is lifted, a difference in height from the soccer is created to make the level immediately below the uppermost lithographic printing plate. 9. The lithographic printing plate automatic supply device according to claim 8, wherein the lithographic printing plate is mounted so as not to be closely attached.
[10] 前記サッカーで吸着した最上位の前記平版刷版を所定高さ位置に持ち上げて力 搬送方向下流側の搬出ローラ上へ横に搬送する際に、最上位の前記平版刷版に隣 接する前記平版刷版が共に搬出されることを制止するストツバを設けたことを特徴と する請求項 8に記載の平版刷版の自動供給装置。 [10] When the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by the football is lifted to a predetermined height position and is transported horizontally onto the unloading roller on the downstream side in the force conveying direction, it is adjacent to the uppermost lithographic printing plate. A stagger is provided to prevent the lithographic printing plates from being carried out together. An apparatus for automatically supplying a lithographic printing plate according to claim 8.
[11] 前記サッカーで吸着した最上位の前記平版刷版を所定高さ位置に持ち上げて力 搬送方向下流側の搬出ローラ上へ横に搬送する際に、最上位の前記平版刷版に隣 接する前記平版刷版が共に搬出されることを制止するストツバを設けたことを特徴と する請求項 9に記載の平版刷版の自動供給装置。  [11] When the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by the football is lifted to a predetermined height position and transported laterally onto the unloading roller on the downstream side in the force conveying direction, it is adjacent to the uppermost lithographic printing plate. 10. The apparatus for automatically supplying a lithographic printing plate according to claim 9, further comprising a stagger that prevents the lithographic printing plates from being carried out together.
[12] 前記サッカーで吸着した最上位の前記平版刷版を所定高さ位置に持ち上げて力 搬送方向下流側の搬出ローラ上へ横に搬送する際に、最上位の前記平版刷版とそ の下の前記平版刷版との間に空気を吹き付けることにより引き剥がして離間させるェ アブロアのノズルを配置したことを特徴とする請求項 8に記載の平版刷版の自動供給 装置。  [12] When the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by the football is lifted to a predetermined height position and conveyed laterally onto a discharge roller on the downstream side in the force conveying direction, the uppermost lithographic printing plate and its plate 9. The apparatus for automatically supplying a lithographic printing plate according to claim 8, further comprising an air blower nozzle that is separated from the lithographic printing plate by blowing air away from the lithographic printing plate.
[13] 前記サッカーで吸着した最上位の前記平版刷版を所定高さ位置に持ち上げて力 搬送方向下流側の搬出ローラ上へ横に搬送する際に、最上位の前記平版刷版とそ の下の前記平版刷版との間に空気を吹き付けることにより引き剥がして離間させるェ アブロアのノズルを配置したことを特徴とする請求項 9に記載の平版刷版の自動供給 装置。  [13] When the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by the soccer is lifted to a predetermined height position and transported horizontally onto a discharge roller on the downstream side in the force conveying direction, the uppermost lithographic printing plate and its plate 10. The apparatus for automatically supplying a lithographic printing plate according to claim 9, further comprising an air blower nozzle that is separated from the lithographic printing plate by blowing air away from the lithographic printing plate.
[14] 前記サッカーで吸着した最上位の前記平版刷版を所定高さ位置に持ち上げて力 搬送方向下流側の搬出ローラ上へ横に搬送する際に、最上位の前記平版刷版とそ の下の前記平版刷版との間に空気を吹き付けることにより引き剥がして離間させるェ アブロアのノズルを配置したことを特徴とする請求項 10に記載の平版刷版の自動供 給装置。  [14] When the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by the soccer is lifted to a predetermined height position and conveyed laterally onto a discharge roller on the downstream side in the force conveying direction, the uppermost lithographic printing plate and its plate 11. The apparatus for automatically supplying a lithographic printing plate according to claim 10, further comprising an air blower nozzle that is separated from the lithographic printing plate by blowing air away from the lithographic printing plate.
[15] 前記サッカーで吸着した最上位の前記平版刷版を所定高さ位置に持ち上げて力 搬送方向下流側の搬出ローラ上へ横に搬送する際に、最上位の前記平版刷版とそ の下の前記平版刷版との間に空気を吹き付けることにより引き剥がして離間させるェ アブロアのノズルを配置したことを特徴とする請求項 11に記載の平版刷版の自動供 給装置。  [15] When the uppermost lithographic printing plate adsorbed by soccer is lifted to a predetermined height position and transported horizontally onto a discharge roller on the downstream side in the force conveying direction, the uppermost lithographic printing plate and its plate 12. The apparatus for automatically supplying a lithographic printing plate according to claim 11, wherein an air blower nozzle is disposed between the lower lithographic printing plate to be separated by blowing air.
PCT/JP2007/051499 2006-01-30 2007-01-30 Automatic feeding device for lithographic printing plates WO2007086580A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006-021406 2006-01-30
JP2006-021408 2006-01-30
JP2006021406A JP2007204162A (en) 2006-01-30 2006-01-30 Automatic feeder for lithographic printing plate
JP2006021408A JP2007204164A (en) 2006-01-30 2006-01-30 Automatic feeder of lithographic printing plate
JP2006070332A JP2007246205A (en) 2006-03-15 2006-03-15 Automatic feeding device for lithographic printing plate
JP2006-070332 2006-03-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007086580A1 true WO2007086580A1 (en) 2007-08-02

Family

ID=38309357

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/051499 WO2007086580A1 (en) 2006-01-30 2007-01-30 Automatic feeding device for lithographic printing plates

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2007086580A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1908712A1 (en) * 2005-07-04 2008-04-09 Fujifilm Corporation Automatic feeder of lithographic printing die

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04116034A (en) * 1990-09-06 1992-04-16 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Sheet leafing device
JPH06100187A (en) * 1992-09-24 1994-04-12 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Sheet sucking device
JPH09169442A (en) * 1995-11-21 1997-06-30 Heidelberger Druckmas Ag Paper feed device and method for individualizing sheet
JP2000335765A (en) * 1999-05-28 2000-12-05 Shin Etsu Polymer Co Ltd Feeding device for cut-plate sheet
JP2002128294A (en) * 2000-10-25 2002-05-09 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Sucking and carrying device for printing plate
JP2002160837A (en) * 2000-11-24 2002-06-04 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Image recording device
JP2003081447A (en) * 2001-09-13 2003-03-19 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Lithographic printing plate laminated bundle and lithographic printing plate loading member
JP2005067898A (en) * 2003-08-21 2005-03-17 Helmut Steinhilber Method and device for sorting paper

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04116034A (en) * 1990-09-06 1992-04-16 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Sheet leafing device
JPH06100187A (en) * 1992-09-24 1994-04-12 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Sheet sucking device
JPH09169442A (en) * 1995-11-21 1997-06-30 Heidelberger Druckmas Ag Paper feed device and method for individualizing sheet
JP2000335765A (en) * 1999-05-28 2000-12-05 Shin Etsu Polymer Co Ltd Feeding device for cut-plate sheet
JP2002128294A (en) * 2000-10-25 2002-05-09 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Sucking and carrying device for printing plate
JP2002160837A (en) * 2000-11-24 2002-06-04 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Image recording device
JP2003081447A (en) * 2001-09-13 2003-03-19 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Lithographic printing plate laminated bundle and lithographic printing plate loading member
JP2005067898A (en) * 2003-08-21 2005-03-17 Helmut Steinhilber Method and device for sorting paper

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1908712A1 (en) * 2005-07-04 2008-04-09 Fujifilm Corporation Automatic feeder of lithographic printing die
EP1908712A4 (en) * 2005-07-04 2009-11-11 Fujifilm Corp Automatic feeder of lithographic printing die

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4102540B2 (en) Sheet-fed method of plate-like member
JP4077589B2 (en) Printing plate adsorption transfer device
US6623003B1 (en) Sheet material stacking device and automatic exposure device for a printing plate
WO2007086580A1 (en) Automatic feeding device for lithographic printing plates
US6935238B2 (en) Image recording material conveying device and automatic image recording system
JP2007008715A (en) Automatic supply device of lithographic press plate
JP2002128294A (en) Sucking and carrying device for printing plate
JPH061495A (en) Image forming device
JP2007204162A (en) Automatic feeder for lithographic printing plate
EP1136725B1 (en) Ball screw feed mechanism
JP2007204164A (en) Automatic feeder of lithographic printing plate
US6675711B2 (en) Apparatus for feeding and ejecting a printing plate onto a surface plate
JP2007246205A (en) Automatic feeding device for lithographic printing plate
JP2007238247A (en) Device for automatically supplying lithographic plate
JP2007001681A (en) Automatic planographic printing plate feeder
JP2007119247A (en) Feeding device for planographic plate and sheet separation method
WO2007010942A1 (en) Automatic feeder of planographic printing plate
US6624840B1 (en) Automatic exposure apparatus for printing plates and method for exposing printing plates
JP2006176287A (en) Automatic supply device of photosensitive printing plate
JP2007031139A (en) Automatic supply-delivery device of lithographic plate
JPH0229029B2 (en)
JP2003076032A (en) Device for conveying and guiding printing plate
JP2007204163A (en) Attachment for charge base in automatic feeder for lithographic printing plate
JP2001151360A (en) Sucking and conveying device for printed form
JP2007050997A (en) Automatic supply device for planographic printing plate

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07707717

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1